WO2021035611A1 - Resource request method and communication device - Google Patents

Resource request method and communication device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021035611A1
WO2021035611A1 PCT/CN2019/103279 CN2019103279W WO2021035611A1 WO 2021035611 A1 WO2021035611 A1 WO 2021035611A1 CN 2019103279 W CN2019103279 W CN 2019103279W WO 2021035611 A1 WO2021035611 A1 WO 2021035611A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
time domain
domain resource
resource
terminal device
offset value
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2019/103279
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
郑娟
李超君
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to CN201980099678.0A priority Critical patent/CN114287156A/en
Priority to PCT/CN2019/103279 priority patent/WO2021035611A1/en
Publication of WO2021035611A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021035611A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
    • H04W52/02Power saving arrangements
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02DCLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES [ICT], I.E. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES AIMING AT THE REDUCTION OF THEIR OWN ENERGY USE
    • Y02D30/00Reducing energy consumption in communication networks
    • Y02D30/70Reducing energy consumption in communication networks in wireless communication networks

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of communications, and more specifically, to a method and communication device for resource request.
  • Machine-type communication is one of the foundations of the Internet of Everything.
  • MTC Machine-type communication
  • the longer the standby time of the machine the longer the machine can be used, which is equivalent to user use
  • a terminal device when a terminal device has a data transmission requirement, it can send a scheduling request (scheduling request, SR) to the network device on a pre-configured or predefined resource. After the terminal device sends the SR, it will immediately enter the active (Active) state. When the terminal device is in the active state, it will always detect the downlink control information (DCI).
  • the DCI includes resource information of transmission data allocated to the terminal device and the like.
  • the network device may miss the SR of the terminal device, or even if the network device receives the SR, it may not immediately send DCI to the terminal device, or it may not send DCI to the terminal device. .
  • This application provides a method and communication device for resource request.
  • the terminal device After the terminal device sends the resource request, it will not immediately start to detect that the network device sends control information (such as DCI) in response to the resource request, but first detects the instruction information sent by the network device, and determines whether it needs to start detection according to the instructions of the instruction information. Control information sent by the network device. The length of time for the terminal device to detect control information can be reduced, the power consumption of the terminal device can be saved, the service life of the terminal device can be increased, and the user experience can be improved.
  • control information such as DCI
  • a method for requesting resources is provided.
  • the execution subject of the method can be either a terminal device or a chip applied to the terminal device.
  • the method includes: the terminal device sends a resource request on a first time domain resource, the resource request is used to request a data transmission resource; the terminal device receives indication information on a second time domain resource, The indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to detect DCI on the third time domain resource, the DCI is used to respond to the resource request, or the indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device does not detect DCI on the third time time domain resource, The DCI is used to respond to the resource request.
  • the terminal device after the terminal device sends the resource request on the first time domain resource, it will not immediately start to detect the DCI sent by the network device in response to the resource request, but on the second time domain resource.
  • the received indication information determines whether it is necessary to detect the DCI sent by the network device on the third time domain resource according to the indication of the indication information.
  • the terminal device In the time interval between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource and the time interval between the second time domain resource and the third time domain resource, the terminal device does not need to detect the DCI sent by the network device, which can save the terminal
  • the power consumption of the equipment increases the service life of the terminal equipment and improves the user experience.
  • the indication information is used to indicate a third time domain resource that carries DCI, and the DCI is used to schedule the data transmission resource; or, the indication information is used to indicate a fourth time domain resource ,
  • the fourth time domain resource does not carry the DCI used to schedule the data transmission resource.
  • the indication information only needs to indicate the third time domain resource or the fourth time domain resource, and when the indication information indicates the third time domain resource, the terminal device detects the DCI sent by the network device on the third time domain resource. When the indication information indicates the fourth time domain resource, the terminal device does not detect the DCI sent by the network device on the fourth time domain resource.
  • the complexity of the indication information can be reduced, the overhead of the indication information can be reduced, and resources can be saved.
  • the third time domain resource and the fourth time domain resource are predefined or pre-configured.
  • the indication information is carried by the first signal, or the indication information is transmitted by the control channel.
  • the first signal may be a DMRS, or may be a CSI-RS, or may also be a phase tracking reference PT-RS.
  • the first signal may be generated by a sequence, and the sequence may be a ZC sequence, a CAZAC sequence, a phase control sequence, an m sequence, a Gold sequence, an M sequence, a GMW sequence, and a kasami sequence. , Bent sequence, Harder code sequence, DFT sequence, etc.
  • the presence or absence of the first signal itself may also be used to indicate the third time domain resource or the fourth time domain resource.
  • the type and/or number of the first signal may be predefined or configured by signaling.
  • the terminal device receiving the indication information on the second time domain resource includes: the terminal device detects the control on the second time domain resource in at least one of the following ways channel:
  • At least one of the first AL, the first DCI format, the first control resource set, and the first search space is predefined or configured by signaling.
  • the terminal device does not need to blindly detect the candidate detection positions corresponding to all possible aggregation levels of the control channel, does not need to blindly detect the various DCI formats that the control channel may correspond to, and does not need to blindly detect the various DCI formats that the control channel may correspond to.
  • the value of the first AL corresponding to the control channel that is predefined or configured by signaling is greater than or equal to 8.
  • the second time domain resource may be predefined or configured by signaling.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device determines the second time domain resource according to the first time domain resource and an offset value, where the offset value is predefined or Configured by signaling.
  • the indication information includes a time domain offset value, and the time domain offset value is used to indicate the time domain position of the third time domain resource; or, the indication information includes the second 3.
  • the time domain location of the time domain resource is determined by the indication information or the time domain offset value is used to flexibly determine the time domain position of the third time domain resource.
  • the time domain location of the third time domain resource can be flexibly set. Improve the flexibility of communication.
  • the time domain offset value includes:
  • At least one of the first time domain offset value, the second time domain offset value, and the third time domain offset value is selected from the first time domain offset value, the second time domain offset value, and the third time domain offset value
  • the first time domain offset value is an offset value of the first time domain resource and the third time domain resource in the time domain
  • the second time domain offset value is an offset value of the second time domain resource and the third time domain resource in the time domain
  • the third time domain offset value is the offset value of the fifth time domain resource and the third time domain resource in the time domain, and the fifth time domain resource is located behind the second time domain resource in the time domain and is located in the Before the third time domain resource, the offset value between the fifth time domain resource and the second time domain resource, and/or the offset value between the fifth time domain resource and the first time domain resource Pre-defined or configured by signaling.
  • the first time domain offset value, the second time domain offset value, the third time domain offset value, the difference between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource can use the number of DRX cycles To represent.
  • the time domain offset value is used by the terminal device to determine the third time domain resource or The fourth time domain resource.
  • the signaling overhead for indicating the time domain offset value can be reduced, and the transmission reliability of the indication information can be ensured.
  • the indication information is included in the first information, and the first information is used to trigger the terminal device to turn on the control information detection function or not to turn on the control information detection in the discontinuous reception DRX state
  • the function, and/or, the first information is used to trigger the terminal device to stop the detection of control information or not to stop the detection of control information in the state of discontinuous reception of DRX.
  • the terminal device can determine whether the PDCCH detection function needs to be turned on in the next DRX state, and whether to turn on the uplink scheduling permission detection function, and further can determine whether it is in the first DRX state.
  • Three time domain resources need to detect control information. It can save the overhead of the indication information, reduce the number of control channels that the terminal device needs to detect, and thereby reduce the power consumption of the terminal device.
  • the first information may include WUS, PoSS, or GTS signals.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device receives trigger information, where the trigger information is used to instruct the terminal device to determine whether to detect the DCI according to the instruction information.
  • the terminal device receives trigger information, where the trigger information is used to instruct the terminal device to determine whether to detect the DCI according to the instruction information.
  • a method for requesting resources is provided.
  • the execution subject of the method can be either a network device or a chip applied to the network device.
  • the method includes: the network device receives a resource request from a terminal device on a first time domain resource, the resource request is used to request data transmission resources; the network device is on a second time domain resource Upward sending instruction information to the terminal device, the instruction information is used to indicate the third time domain resource that carries the DCI, the DCI is used to schedule the data transmission resource, or the instruction information is used to indicate the fourth time domain resource, the first Fourth, the DCI used to schedule the data transmission resource is not carried on the time domain resource.
  • the network device after receiving the resource request sent by the terminal device on the first time domain resource, the network device will not immediately instruct the terminal device to detect the DCI in response to the resource request, but in the second time domain resource.
  • the indication information is sent to the terminal device on the time domain resource, and the indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal device needs to detect the DCI sent by the network device on the third time domain resource.
  • the terminal device does not need to detect DCI, which can save the power of the terminal device. Consumption, increase the service life of terminal equipment, and improve user experience.
  • the indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to detect DCI on the third time domain resource, the DCI is used to respond to the resource request, or the indication information is used to indicate the terminal device The DCI is not detected on the third time time domain resource, and the DCI is used to respond to the resource request.
  • the indication information is carried by the first signal, or the indication information is transmitted by the control channel.
  • the network device sending instruction information to the terminal device on the second time domain resource includes: the network device uses at least one of the following methods on the second time domain resource A method for sending a control channel to the terminal device;
  • At least one of the first AL, the first DCI format, the first control resource set, and the first search space is predefined or configured by signaling.
  • the value of the first AL corresponding to the control channel that is predefined or configured by signaling is greater than or equal to 8.
  • the method further includes: the network device determines the second time domain resource according to the first time domain resource and an offset value, where the offset value is predefined or Configured by signaling.
  • the indication information includes a time domain offset value, and the time domain offset value is used to indicate the time domain position of the third time domain resource; or, the indication information includes the second 3. The time domain location of the time domain resource.
  • the time domain offset value includes:
  • At least one of the first time domain offset value, the second time domain offset value, and the third time domain offset value is selected from the first time domain offset value, the second time domain offset value, and the third time domain offset value
  • the first time domain offset value is an offset value of the first time domain resource and the third time domain resource in the time domain
  • the second time domain offset value is an offset value of the second time domain resource and the third time domain resource in the time domain
  • the third time domain offset value is the offset value of the fifth time domain resource and the third time domain resource in the time domain, and the fifth time domain resource is located behind the second time domain resource in the time domain and is located in the Before the third time domain resource, the offset value between the fifth time domain resource and the second time domain resource, and/or, the offset value between the fifth time domain resource and the first time domain resource Pre-defined or configured by signaling.
  • the first time domain offset value, the second time domain offset value, the third time domain offset value, the difference between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource can use the number of DRX cycles To represent.
  • the first time domain offset value, the second time domain offset value, the third time domain offset value, the difference between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource can use the number of DRX cycles To represent.
  • the indication information is included in the first information
  • the first information is used to trigger the terminal device to turn on the control information detection function or not to turn on the control information detection in the discontinuous reception DRX state
  • the function, and/or, the first information is used to trigger the terminal device to stop the detection of control information or not to stop the detection of control information in the state of discontinuous reception of DRX.
  • the first information may include WUS, PoSS, or GTS signals.
  • the time domain offset value is used by the terminal device to determine the third time domain resource.
  • the method further includes: the network device sends trigger information to the terminal device, where the trigger information is used to instruct the terminal device to determine whether to detect the DCI according to the instruction information.
  • the time domain offset value is used by the terminal device to determine the third time domain resource or The fourth time domain resource.
  • the signaling overhead for indicating the time domain offset value can be reduced, and the transmission reliability of the indication information can be ensured.
  • a communication device which includes a unit for executing the steps in the above first aspect or any possible implementation of the first aspect.
  • a communication device in a fourth aspect, includes a unit for executing each step in the above second aspect or any possible implementation manner of the second aspect.
  • a communication device in a fifth aspect, includes at least one processor and a memory, and the at least one processor is configured to execute the above first aspect or the method in any possible implementation of the first aspect.
  • a communication device in a sixth aspect, includes at least one processor and a memory, and the at least one processor is configured to execute the above second aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect.
  • a communication device which includes at least one processor and an interface circuit, and the at least one processor is configured to execute the above first aspect or the method in any possible implementation manner of the first aspect.
  • a communication device in an eighth aspect, includes at least one processor and an interface circuit, and the at least one processor is configured to execute the above second aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect.
  • a terminal device in a ninth aspect, includes the communication device provided in the third aspect, or the terminal device includes the communication device provided in the fifth aspect, or the terminal device includes the communication device provided in the seventh aspect. ⁇ Communication device.
  • a network device in a tenth aspect, includes the communication device provided in the foregoing fourth aspect, or the terminal device includes the communication device provided in the foregoing sixth aspect, or the terminal device includes the foregoing eighth aspect ⁇ Communication device.
  • a computer program product includes a computer program.
  • the computer program is executed by a processor, the computer program is used to execute the method in the first aspect or any possible implementation of the first aspect , Or execute the method in the second aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect.
  • a computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program, and when the computer program is executed, it is used to execute the first aspect or any possible implementation manner of the first aspect Or execute the method in the second aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect.
  • a communication system in a thirteenth aspect, includes the aforementioned terminal device and network device.
  • a chip in a fourteenth aspect, includes: a processor, configured to call and run a computer program from a memory, so that a communication device installed with the chip executes the first aspect or any possible aspect of the first aspect The method in the implementation manner, or the method in the second aspect or any possible implementation manner of the second aspect is executed.
  • the terminal device after the terminal device sends the resource request, it does not immediately start to detect that the network device sends a DCI in response to the resource request, but first detects the instruction information sent by the network device, and according to the instruction information Indicate whether it is necessary to start detecting control information sent by the network device.
  • the length of time for the terminal device to detect control information can be reduced, the power consumption of the terminal device can be saved, the service life of the terminal device can be increased, and the user experience can be improved.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an example of the architecture of a mobile communication system applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 2 is a schematic interaction diagram of an example of a resource request method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 3 is a schematic interaction diagram of another example of a resource request method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of an example of multiple second time domain resources provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of another example of multiple second time domain resources provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 shows a schematic diagram of an example of a first time domain resource, a second time domain resource, a third time domain resource, and a fifth time domain resource provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic interaction diagram of another example of a resource request method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic interaction diagram of another example of a resource request method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic block diagram of another example of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic block diagram of another example of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic block diagram of another example of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic block diagram of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic block diagram of another example of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic block diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • GSM Global System of Mobile Communication
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • WCDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • GSM Global System of Mobile Communication
  • GPRS General Packet Radio Service
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • FDD Frequency Division Duplex
  • TDD Time Division Duplex
  • UMTS Universal Mobile Telecommunication System
  • WiMAX Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access
  • 5G 5th Generation
  • 5NR New Radio
  • the terminal equipment in the embodiments of this application may refer to user equipment, access terminals, user units, user stations, mobile stations, mobile stations, remote stations, remote terminals, mobile equipment, user terminals, terminals, wireless communication equipment, user agents, or User device.
  • the terminal device can also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (Wireless Local Loop, WLL) station, a personal digital processing (Personal Digital Assistant, PDA), and wireless communication.
  • SIP Session Initiation Protocol
  • WLL Wireless Local Loop
  • PDA Personal Digital Assistant
  • Functional handheld devices computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in the future 5G network or future evolution of the public land mobile network (Public Land Mobile Network, PLMN) Terminal equipment, etc., which are not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • PLMN Public Land Mobile Network
  • the network device in the embodiment of the application may be a device used to communicate with terminal devices.
  • the network device may be a Global System of Mobile Communication (GSM) system or Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA)
  • GSM Global System of Mobile Communication
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • BTS Base Transceiver Station
  • BTS base station
  • NodeB, NB base station
  • WCDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • Evolutional Base Station evolved base station
  • NodeB eNB or eNodeB
  • it can also be a wireless controller in the cloud radio access network (Cloud Radio Access Network, CRAN) scenario
  • the network device can be a relay station, an access point, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device, and the future
  • the network equipment in the 5G network, the network equipment in the future evolved PLMN network, or the network equipment in other types of communication systems in the future, etc., are not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device or the network device includes a hardware layer, an operating system layer running on the hardware layer, and an application layer running on the operating system layer.
  • the hardware layer includes hardware such as a central processing unit (CPU), a memory management unit (MMU), and memory (also referred to as main memory).
  • the operating system may be any one or more computer operating systems that implement business processing through processes, for example, Linux operating systems, Unix operating systems, Android operating systems, iOS operating systems or windows operating systems.
  • the application layer includes applications such as browsers, address books, word processing software, and instant messaging software.
  • the embodiments of the application do not specifically limit the specific structure of the execution body of the method provided in the embodiments of the application, as long as the program that records the codes of the methods provided in the embodiments of the application can be provided in accordance with the embodiments of the application.
  • the execution subject of the method provided in the embodiments of the present application may be a terminal device or a network device, or a functional module in the terminal device or the network device that can call and execute the program.
  • various aspects or features of the present application can be implemented as methods, devices, or products using standard programming and/or engineering techniques.
  • article of manufacture used in this application encompasses a computer program accessible from any computer-readable device, carrier, or medium.
  • computer-readable media may include, but are not limited to: magnetic storage devices (for example, hard disks, floppy disks, or tapes, etc.), optical disks (for example, compact discs (CD), digital versatile discs (DVD)) Etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (for example, erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), cards, sticks or key drives, etc.).
  • various storage media described herein may represent one or more devices and/or other machine-readable media for storing information.
  • machine-readable medium may include, but is not limited to, wireless channels and various other media capable of storing, containing, and/or carrying instructions and/or data.
  • the 5G mobile communication system is committed to supporting higher system performance, supporting multiple service types, different deployment scenarios, and a wider spectrum range.
  • multiple service types include enhanced mobile broadband (eMBB), massive machine type communication (mMTC), ultra-reliable and low-latency communications (URLLC), etc.
  • Machine-type communication is one of the foundations of the Internet of Everything.
  • the standby time of a machine (using terminal equipment as an example) is an important aspect of user experience.
  • the standby time of a terminal device is The longer, the longer the terminal equipment can be used, the lower the cost equivalent to the user’s use of the terminal equipment.
  • some machine communication scenarios such as water meters installed in the basement, they are not used.
  • a terminal device when it has uplink data transmission requirements, it can send an SR to the network device on a pre-configured or predefined resource. After receiving the SR sent by the terminal device, the network device can decide when to schedule the uplink for the terminal device. Transmission resources, so that the terminal device can use the scheduled uplink transmission resources to send uplink data. Since the network device needs to serve multiple terminal devices, in general, the network device can determine the terminal device to be scheduled for data transmission according to various factors such as the current service load situation and the scheduling priority corresponding to the transmission data waiting to be scheduled. For example, if the transmission data to be scheduled is sensitive to delay, the corresponding scheduling priority is generally higher.
  • the terminal device may not receive the DCI sent by the network device until a period of time later, and the DCI includes the configuration information of the uplink transmission resource scheduled by the network device for the terminal device.
  • the terminal device since the terminal device cannot know when the network device sends the DCI to schedule its own data transmission, the terminal device immediately enters the Active state after sending the SR. When the terminal device is in the active state, it will always detect the DCI. In some cases, the network device may miss the SR of the terminal device. As a result, although the terminal device constantly detects the DCI, it cannot be detected all the time, resulting in additional power consumption. In order to prevent this from happening, the terminal device will start a timer after sending the SR.
  • the terminal device If the terminal device does not detect the DCI for scheduling its own uplink data within the timer (for example, uplink grant, UL grant), it will re-send the SR on the pre-configured resource. In addition, in addition to the above timer, after the terminal device sends the SR, it will also start a SR maximum transmission counter (Counter), if the terminal device sends When the SR reaches the maximum number of times, and the network device still does not receive a response to the SR (for example, DCI for scheduling uplink data transmission), the terminal device will use a random access channel (RACH) to re-initiate random access.
  • SR maximum transmission counter Counter
  • the terminal device After the terminal device sends the SR, it will always be in the state of detecting the DCI, and when the network device will respond to the SR (that is, send the control information for scheduling the terminal device's uplink data) is uncertain, which causes the power consumption of the terminal device. This in turn affects the service life of terminal equipment and user experience. Especially in the mMTC scenario, since the number of terminal devices is relatively large and each terminal device is not sensitive to the data transmission delay, it is more likely that the network device will not respond immediately after the terminal device sends the SR. Indeed increase the power consumption of the terminal equipment and affect the service life of the terminal equipment.
  • this application provides a resource request method.
  • the terminal device After the terminal device sends the resource request, it does not immediately start to detect that the network device sends control information (such as DCI) in response to the resource request, but first detects the network device
  • the sent instruction information determines whether it is necessary to start detecting the control information sent by the network device according to the instruction of the instruction information. The length of time for the terminal device to detect control information can be reduced, the power consumption of the terminal device can be saved, the service life of the terminal device can be increased, and the user experience can be improved.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system 100 applicable to the resource request method of an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system 100 includes four communication devices, for example, a network device 110 and terminal devices 121 to 123.
  • the terminal device and the terminal device can transmit data through a vehicle-to-everything (V2X) or device-to-device (D2D) communication method.
  • V2X vehicle-to-everything
  • D2D device-to-device
  • the link between the terminal device and the terminal device can be called a side link.
  • Data communication may be performed between the network device 110 and at least one of the terminal devices 121 to 123.
  • the resources in the embodiment of this application can be used
  • the requested method makes a transmission resource request.
  • the transmission resource request may also be performed through the resource request method in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system shown in FIG. 1 may also include more network nodes, such as terminal devices or network devices, and the network devices or terminal devices included in the communication system shown in FIG. 1 may be the aforementioned various forms of networks.
  • Equipment or terminal equipment The embodiments of the present application are not shown one by one in the figure.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic interaction diagram of a method 200 for requesting resources according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 200 can be applied to the scenario shown in FIG. 1, of course. It can also be applied in other communication scenarios, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit it here.
  • a terminal device and a network device are taken as an example of an execution subject of the execution method to describe the method.
  • the execution subject of the execution method may also be a chip, a chip system, or a processor applied to a terminal device and a network device.
  • the method 200 shown in FIG. 2 may include S210 to S230. Each step in the method 200 will be described in detail below with reference to FIG. 2.
  • the terminal device sends a resource request to the network device on the first time domain resource, where the resource request is used to request data transmission resources.
  • the network device receives the resource request on the first time domain resource.
  • the network device sends indication information to the terminal device on the second time domain resource.
  • the indication information is used to indicate the third time domain resource, and the third time domain resource carries the DCI used to schedule the data transmission resource; or, the indication information is used to indicate the fourth time domain resource, the fourth time domain resource
  • the DCI used to schedule the data transmission resource is not carried on it; or, the indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to detect or not to detect the DCI in response to the resource request on the third time domain resource.
  • the terminal device receives the indication information on the second time domain resource, and according to the indication information, determines to detect the DCI on the third time domain resource; or determines not to detect the DCI on the third time domain resource; or It is determined not to detect the DCI on the fourth time domain resource.
  • the terminal device determining to detect the DCI on the third time domain resource may include: the terminal device detects the DCI on the third time domain resource, or, or the terminal device obtains the DCI from the third time domain resource. Start detecting DCI at the starting position (starting time domain resource).
  • the terminal device detecting DCI on the third time domain resource can be understood as the terminal device detecting DCI on a period of time domain resources (such as time slot n) occupied by the third time domain resource, that is, in a period of time (such as time slot n). ) Detect DCI.
  • the terminal device starts to detect the DCI from the time domain resource starting from the third time domain resource.
  • the terminal device starts to detect the DCI at the start position of the third time domain resource, that is, the start time of the terminal device to detect the DCI is defined.
  • the duration of the terminal device detecting the DCI may be predefined or pre-configured, or the end time of the terminal device detecting the DCI may be predefined or pre-configured.
  • the duration of the terminal device detecting DCI can be expressed in absolute time length (for example, in milliseconds (ms), microseconds ( ⁇ s), etc.), or can be expressed in time domain resource units (for example, time slots, subframes, Symbols, etc.).
  • time domain resource units for example, time slots, subframes, Symbols, etc.
  • the number of time domain resource units may be pre-defined or pre-configured.
  • the terminal device detecting the end time of DCI can be represented by an absolute time (for example, in milliseconds (ms), microseconds ( ⁇ s), etc.), or can also be characterized by time domain resources corresponding to the end time of detecting DCI .
  • the time domain resource corresponding to the end time of detecting the DCI may be pre-defined or pre-configured. For example, if the resource request is sent periodically, assuming that the sending period of the resource request is 3 time slots, and the first time domain resource corresponds to the Nth time slot, the time domain resource corresponding to the end time of detecting DCI can be the next time
  • the time slot before the resource request (the N+3th time slot) is sent for example, may be the N+2th time slot.
  • the terminal device determining not to detect the DCI on the third time domain resource, or determining not to detect the DCI on the fourth time domain resource may include: the terminal device is in the third time domain DCI is not detected on the resource or the fourth time domain resource, or the terminal device starts from the start position of the third time domain resource or the fourth time domain resource, and does not detect DCI.
  • the terminal device not detecting DCI on the third time domain resource can be understood as the terminal device not detecting DCI on a period of time domain resources (for example, time slot n) occupied by the third time domain resource, that is, during a period of time (for example, time slot n). Slot n) does not detect DCI.
  • the terminal device starts from the start position of the third time domain resource and does not detect DCI can be understood as: the terminal device starts from the start position of the third time domain resource and does not detect DCI, that is, the start time when the terminal device does not detect DCI is defined.
  • the duration of time that the terminal device does not detect DCI may be predefined or pre-configured, or the end time when the terminal device does not detect DCI may be predefined or pre-configured.
  • the terminal device may send a resource request to the network device on the first time domain resource, and the resource request may be used to request uplink data
  • the transmission resource or the transmission resource for requesting side-line data may be referred to as a sidelink (SL).
  • the sideline data may be data sent by the terminal device to another terminal device on the sideline link.
  • D2D device-to-device
  • V2X vehicle-to-everything
  • the terminal device may be a terminal device in V2X or D2D.
  • the resource request may be, for example, an SR or a buffer status report (buffer status report, BSR), or may also be other signaling or information for requesting transmission resources. This application does not limit the specific form of the resource request.
  • the time domain position occupied by the first time domain resource may be predefined or configured by signaling.
  • the resource request may include at least one of the following: the size of the data transmitted by the terminal device (for example, sideline data or uplink data), the time-frequency resource used when transmitting the data, the modulation mode, and the coding mode.
  • the terminal device may send the resource request through a physical uplink channel.
  • the physical uplink channel may be, for example, a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) or a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH).
  • the network device receives the resource request on the first time domain resource.
  • the network device can determine whether to allocate data transmission resources for the terminal device, how much resources to allocate for the terminal device, and when to allocate the data transmission resource for the terminal device according to the resource request.
  • the terminal equipment allocates data transmission resources and so on.
  • the network device can notify the terminal device whether to allocate data transmission resources for the terminal device. Therefore, the network device sends the indication information to the terminal device on the second time domain resource.
  • the indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to detect the control information in response to the resource request on the third time domain resource (the DCI is taken as an example below), or to indicate that the terminal device is in the third time domain. Three time domain resources do not detect the DCI in response to the resource request.
  • the indication information is used to indicate the third time domain resource that carries the DCI, and the DCI is used to schedule the data transmission resource, or the indication information is used to indicate the fourth time domain resource, the first Fourth, the DCI used to schedule the data transmission resource is not carried on the time domain resource.
  • the third time domain resource may be a predefined or preconfigured time domain resource that carries the DCI
  • the fourth time domain resource may be a predefined or preconfigured time domain resource that does not carry the DCI. That is, the indication information may only indicate the third time domain resource or the fourth time domain resource to the terminal device. After receiving the indication information, the terminal device determines the third time domain resource or the fourth time domain resource, and may detect the DCI on the third time domain resource or not detect the DCI on the fourth time domain resource.
  • the terminal device receives the indication information on the second time domain resource.
  • the control information may be understood as an uplink scheduling grant (UL grant) of the network device in response to the resource request.
  • the control information may be DCI.
  • the control information may include: whether the terminal device is allowed to transmit data, the time and/or frequency resources used by the terminal device when transmitting data, the modulation method used by the terminal device when transmitting data, the coding rate used by the terminal device when transmitting data, and the terminal device One or more of the power information when transmitting data.
  • the first time domain resource is earlier than the second time domain resource in the time domain
  • the second time domain resource is earlier than the third time domain resource in the time domain.
  • the control information may also be other information or signaling used to indicate data transmission resources to the terminal device. The embodiments of the application are not limited here.
  • the terminal device receives the indication information on the second time domain resource, and according to the indication information, determines whether to detect or not to detect the DCI on the third time domain resource. Alternatively, the terminal device determines the third time domain resource or the fourth time domain resource according to the instruction information, and then detects the DCI on the third time domain resource, or does not detect the DCI on the fourth time domain resource.
  • the terminal device When the terminal device receives the indication information on the second time domain resource, it can be understood that the terminal device has acquired or received the indication information through detection on the second time domain resource. For example, if the received indication information indicates that the terminal device detects the DCI on the third time domain resource, the terminal device will start to detect the DCI at the start time (moment) of the third time domain resource. If the received indication information indicates that the terminal device does not detect the DCI on the third time domain resource, the terminal device will not detect the DCI on the third time domain resource. Or, if the indication information is used to indicate the third time domain resource or the fourth time domain resource, the indication information detected by the terminal device may detect the DCI on the third time domain resource or not on the fourth time domain resource. Check the DCI.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device receives the indication information on the second time domain resource, it can also be understood that the terminal device detects the indication information on the second time domain resource, but the detection result includes the indication information is detected or the indication information is not detected. .
  • the terminal device if the terminal device detects the indication information on the second time domain resource, the terminal device will start to detect DCI at the start time (moment) of the third time domain resource, or not detect DCI on the fourth time domain resource. If the terminal device does not detect the indication information on the second time domain resource, the terminal device will not detect the DCI on the third time domain resource.
  • the terminal device detecting the DCI on the third time domain resource may be understood as the terminal device acquiring or receiving the DCI through detection on the third time domain resource.
  • the terminal device detecting the DCI on the third time domain resource may be understood as the terminal device detecting the DCI on the third time domain resource, but the detection result includes detecting the DCI or not detecting the DCI.
  • the terminal device after the terminal device sends the resource request on the first time domain resource, it will not immediately start to detect the DCI sent by the network device in response to the resource request, but will receive it on the second time domain resource. According to the indication information of the indication information, it is determined whether it is necessary to detect the DCI sent by the network device on the third time domain resource. In the time interval between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource and the time interval between the second time domain resource and the third time domain resource, the terminal device does not need to detect the DCI sent by the network device, which can save the terminal The power consumption of the equipment increases the service life of the terminal equipment and improves the user experience.
  • the first time domain resource, the second time domain resource, the third time domain resource, and the fourth time domain resource can be understood as four time periods, four time windows or four time units.
  • the time length of the first time domain resource, the second time domain resource, the third time domain resource, or the fourth time domain resource may be one or more subframes; or, it may be one or more time slots; or, it may be It is one or more symbols; or it can also be an absolute length of time (for example, the unit is microseconds ( ⁇ s), milliseconds (ms), etc.).
  • Symbols are also called time-domain symbols, which can be orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbols, or single carrier frequency division multiple access (SC-FDMA) symbols, where SC-FDMA is also called orthogonal frequency division multiplexing with transform precoding (OFDM with TP).
  • OFDM orthogonal frequency division multiplexing
  • SC-FDMA single carrier frequency division multiple access
  • the length of the first time domain resource, the length of the second time domain resource, the length of the third time domain resource, and the length of the third time domain resource may be different or the same.
  • the first time domain resource is earlier than the second time domain resource in the time domain
  • the second time domain resource is earlier than the third time domain resource in the time domain.
  • time interval between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource, and there may also be a time interval between the second time domain resource and the third time domain resource.
  • the third time domain resource and the fourth time domain resource may be the same time domain resource, or the third time domain resource and the fourth time domain resource may also be different time domain resources.
  • the fourth time domain resource is later than the second time domain resource in the time domain.
  • the time interval can be represented by the number of symbols, or it can be an absolute time length, which is not specifically limited.
  • the information transmission propagation delay between the terminal device and the network device is not reflected, and the same time unit is used for description.
  • the terminal device sends information to the network device on the first time domain resource, and the network device receives the information sent by the terminal device on the first time domain resource.
  • the starting position of the first time domain resource on the side of the network device and the terminal device may be different.
  • the signaling configuration can be understood as configured by high-level or physical layer signaling.
  • the high-level signaling may include, for example, radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC), medium access control (medium access control, MAC) control element (CE), and radio link control (radio link control, RLC). Signaling etc.
  • the physical layer signaling may include, for example, downlink control information (DCI), signaling transmitted through a downlink physical layer channel, and the like.
  • the physical downlink channel may be, for example, a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) or a physical downlink. Shared channel (physical downlink shared channel, PDSCH), etc.
  • the indication information on the second time domain resource may be sent to the terminal device in a signal bearing manner, or the indication information on the second time domain resource may also be sent to the terminal device through a control channel.
  • S220 in the method 200 the network device sends the instruction information to the terminal device on the second time domain resource, including S221.
  • the network device sends a first signal or a control channel to the terminal device on the second time domain resource, where the indication information is carried by the first signal, or the indication information is transmitted by the control channel.
  • the terminal device receives the indication information on the second time domain resource, including S231.
  • the terminal device receives the first signal on the second time domain resource or detects the control channel to determine whether to detect DCI on the third time domain resource. Or the DCI is not detected on the fourth time domain resource.
  • the instruction information may be carried and sent to the terminal device through a control channel, or the instruction information may be sent to the terminal device in a manner of carrying the first signal.
  • the first signal is generated by the sequence.
  • the network device sends the instruction information to the terminal device on the second time domain resource, it may send the first signal to the terminal device on the second time domain resource or send the instruction information to the terminal device on the control channel.
  • the indication information is carried by the first signal, that is, the indication information is sent to the terminal device in the form of the first signal.
  • the first signal can be generated by a sequence, which can be a ZC sequence, a constant envelope zero auto-correlation (CAZAC), a phase control sequence, an m sequence, a Gold sequence, an M sequence, and a GMW sequence , Kasami sequence, Bent sequence, Hadder code sequence, discrete Fourier transform (DFT) sequence, etc.
  • the specific form of the sequence for generating the first signal is not limited in this application.
  • the first signal may be predefined or configured by signaling.
  • the first signal may be a demodulation reference signal (DMRS), a channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS), or a phase tracking reference signal (phase tracking reference signal).
  • DMRS demodulation reference signal
  • CSI-RS channel state information reference signal
  • phase tracking reference signal phase tracking reference signal
  • PT-RS phase tracking reference signal
  • the specific form of the first signal is not limited in this application.
  • a possible implementation is: if the terminal device detects (receives) a certain type of signal (such as the first signal) on the second time domain resource, this type of signal is predefined or determined by Signaling configuration, this type of signal is used to instruct the terminal device not to detect the DCI in response to the resource request on the third time domain resource, then the terminal device can determine that it is in the third time domain based on the detected signal of this type DCI is not detected on the resource. If the terminal device detects another type of signal on the second time domain resource, this type of signal is also predefined or configured by signaling. This type of signal is used to indicate that the terminal device is on the third time domain resource Check DCI.
  • a certain type of signal such as the first signal
  • the terminal device can determine to detect the DCI on the third time domain resource according to the detected signal of this type. That is, the different types of signals implicitly indicate the different content indicated by the indication information.
  • multiple types of signals can be predefined or configured, and the multiple types of signals can be divided into two groups. One group includes signals used to instruct terminal equipment to detect DCI on the third time domain resource, and the other group includes signals Used to instruct the device not to detect DCI on the third time domain resource.
  • the terminal equipment and the network equipment know in advance which signals are used to indicate not to detect DCI and which signals are used to indicate to detect DCI.
  • the network device sends the instruction information, it can determine which type of signal to send to the terminal device according to the decision on the resource request of the terminal device.
  • the type of the first signal is used to indicate whether the terminal device detects the DCI in response to the resource request on the third time domain resource.
  • Different types of signals can be understood as different signals.
  • the first signal can be generated by a sequence
  • different types of signals can also be understood as: different sequences obtained by different cyclic shifts of the same sequence, and the signals generated by the different sequences can be It is understood as a different type of signal.
  • the same sequence is processed by different orthogonal masks (orthogonal cover codes, OCC) to obtain different sequences, and the signals generated by the different sequences can be understood as different types of signals.
  • signals generated from sequences occupying different time and/or frequency resources can be understood as signals of different types.
  • different types of signals can also be a combination of the above situations, or other forms, which are not specifically limited in the present application.
  • the aforementioned signal type may also implicitly indicate the third time domain resource or the fourth time domain resource.
  • the type of the first signal may be used to indicate the third time domain resource or the fourth time domain resource. If the type of the first signal is used to indicate the third time domain resource, the terminal device determines not to detect DCI on the third time domain resource. If the type of the first signal is used to indicate the fourth time domain resource, the terminal device determines not to detect DCI on the fourth time domain resource.
  • the terminal device can determine whether the network device instructs the terminal device to detect DCI on the third time domain resource by detecting the presence or absence of the first signal on the second time domain resource. That is, the network device can instruct the terminal device whether to detect DCI on the third time domain resource by sending the first signal on the second time domain resource or not sending the first signal. For example, if the terminal device detects (receives) the first signal on the second time domain resource, the terminal device may determine to detect DCI on the third time domain resource. If the terminal device does not detect (do not receive) the first signal on the second time domain resource, the terminal device may determine that DCI is not detected on the third time domain resource. That is, the presence or absence of the first signal itself can be regarded as the content indicated by the indication information.
  • the presence or absence of the first signal itself may also be used to indicate the third time domain resource or the fourth time domain resource. For example, if the terminal device detects (receives) the first signal on the second time domain resource, the terminal device may determine to detect DCI on the third time domain resource. If the terminal device does not detect (receive) the first signal on the second time domain resource, the terminal device does not detect DCI on the fourth time domain resource.
  • the bits transmitted in the control channel can be used to indicate whether DCI needs to be detected on the third time domain resource, or to indicate whether the DCI needs to be detected on the third time domain resource or the fourth time domain.
  • Domain resources For example, a 1-bit field may be used to indicate in the control channel. When the value of the bit is zero, it indicates that the terminal device does not detect DCI on the third time domain resource. If the value of this bit is 1, it instructs the terminal device to detect DCI on the third time domain resource. Or, when the bit value is 0, it means that the terminal device detects DCI on the third time domain resource, and if the bit value is 1, it means that the terminal device does not detect DCI on the third time domain resource.
  • control channel may be a PDCCH or the like.
  • the terminal device may detect the control channel on the second time domain resource to determine whether to detect the DCI on the third time domain resource, or determine not to detect the DCI on the fourth time domain resource.
  • the indication information may also be transmitted through a traffic channel, and the traffic channel may be, for example, PDSCH.
  • the terminal device detecting the control channel can be understood as the terminal device detecting the indication information on the control channel.
  • the meaning of detecting the control channel and detecting the indication information is the same.
  • S231 can also be described as: the terminal device can detect the indication information on the second time domain to determine whether to detect the DCI on the third time domain resource.
  • the network device may use at least one of the following methods to send a control channel to the terminal device on the second time domain resource:
  • At least one of the first AL, the first DCI format, the first control resource set, and the first search space is predefined or configured by signaling
  • the terminal device may use at least one of the following methods to detect the control channel on the second time domain resource:
  • the control channel is detected on the first search space.
  • the aggregation level (AL) corresponding to the control channel may be predefined or configured by signaling.
  • the pre-defined or signaling-configured AL may be the first AL.
  • AL can be understood as the size of the transmission resource used to transmit the control channel (indication information), and defines the size of the time-frequency resource for each detection when the terminal device performs blind detection.
  • AL can be represented by the number of minimum resource units for transmission control channels. For example, assuming that the minimum resource unit for transmitting the control channel is J, and the transmission resource used when transmitting the control channel A is N ⁇ J, then AL may be equal to N.
  • the smallest resource unit for transmitting a control channel can be a control channel element (CCE), and the size of the transmission resource used when transmitting a control channel can be 1 CCE, 2 CCEs, and 4 CCEs. , 8 CCEs, and 16 CCEs, etc.
  • AL can be 1, 2, 4, 8, 16.
  • the network device may send a control channel (that is, send instruction information) to the terminal device at the candidate sending position corresponding to the first AL.
  • the terminal device may detect the control channel (detection indication information) at the candidate detection position (for example, PDCCH candidate) corresponding to the first AL on the second time domain resource.
  • the terminal device does not need to blindly detect the candidate detection positions corresponding to all possible aggregation levels of the control channel, which can reduce the number of blind detection times for the terminal device to detect the indication information, reduce the complexity of the terminal device to detect the indication information, and thereby reduce the terminal device’s performance. Power consumption.
  • the value of the first AL corresponding to the control channel that is predefined or configured by signaling is greater than or equal to 8.
  • the value of the first AL may be 8 or 16.
  • the total resources for the network device to send the control channel are 16 CCEs (the CCE index (index) number is CCE index 0 to CCE index 15), when the value of the first AL is 8, That is, 8 CCEs are used as the granularity of a blind inspection, and 8 CCEs need to be inspected for each blind inspection. That is, when the first AL is equal to 8, the terminal device needs to blindly check twice to determine whether the control channel is transmitted or whether the indication information is transmitted. When the first AL is equal to 16, 16 CCEs need to be detected for each blind check, and the terminal device only needs to check once to determine whether the control channel is transmitted or whether the indication information is transmitted.
  • the terminal device needs to perform blind detection 16 times.
  • the transmission position of the control channel corresponding to each blind detection of the terminal device can be understood as the candidate detection position corresponding to the first AL
  • the candidate detection position can be understood as if the network device has control information (transmitted through the control channel) transmitted to The terminal device transmits one or more corresponding resources in the candidate detection position to the terminal device.
  • One or more corresponding resources in the candidate detection position can be represented by CCE, for example, CCE index, and it can also be in other forms. Specific restrictions. It can be seen that the larger the value of the first AL that is pre-defined or configured by signaling, the number of blind detections used by the terminal device to detect the indication information is smaller, and the power consumption of the terminal device can be further reduced.
  • the minimum value corresponding to the first AL may be greater than the minimum value corresponding to the legacy aggregation level or the backward compatible aggregation level, for example, the legacy aggregation level or the backward compatible aggregation level.
  • the level can be an aggregation level for NR release 15 or NR release 16.
  • the value range of the legacy aggregation level can be 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, that is, the minimum value corresponding to the legacy aggregation level is 1.
  • the first AL The corresponding minimum value can be greater than 1, for example, it can be 8 or 16. It can be understood that the first AL may correspond to one or more values, which is not specifically limited.
  • the frequency domain resource location for transmitting the control channel may be predefined or configured by signaling.
  • the position of the frequency domain resource may be determined by the start position and the end position of the frequency domain resource, or may be determined by the start position of the frequency domain resource in combination with the AL corresponding to the control channel.
  • the position of the frequency domain resource (including the start position and the end position) may be represented by the minimum resource unit index for transmitting the control channel.
  • the minimum resource unit may be a logical transmission resource for transmitting a control channel, and the logical transmission resource may be, for example, a CCE.
  • the minimum resource unit may also be the actual physical resource for the transmission control channel, and the actual physical resource may be, for example, a resource element group (REG) or a resource element group bundle (REG Bundle).
  • REG resource element group
  • REG Bundle resource element group bundle
  • one logical transmission resource may include one or more actual physical resources.
  • one CCE can include 6 REGs.
  • a CCE can include one or more REG bundles.
  • the non-interleaved mapping relationship can also be understood as the centralized mapping relationship. If it is a non-interleaved mapping method, the 6 REGs included in a CCE can be continuous in the frequency domain. If it is an interleaved mapping method, the 6 REGs or multiple REG bundles included in a CCE can be in the frequency domain. Discontinuous.
  • the transmission position of the control channel can be restricted.
  • the starting position of the logical transmission resource corresponding to the control channel can be limited, and the limited number of starting positions can be one or more.
  • the starting position of the transmission resource corresponding to the control channel may be CCE index 0 (CCE index 0).
  • the terminal device can determine the position of the transmission resource of the control channel in combination with the aggregation level AL corresponding to the control channel.
  • the network device may send the control channel (that is, send instruction information) to the terminal device at a predefined or preconfigured frequency domain resource location.
  • the terminal device may detect the control channel (that is, detection indication information) at a predefined or pre-configured frequency domain resource location on the second time domain resource.
  • the control channel that is, detection indication information
  • the terminal device does not need to perform blind detection on all possible frequency domain resource positions, which can reduce the number of blind detection times for the terminal device to detect the control channel (indication information), and reduce the terminal equipment Power consumption.
  • the DCI format (format) corresponding to the control channel may be predefined or configured by signaling.
  • the DCI format can also be understood as the transmission format of the control channel or the format of the control information transmitted by the control channel.
  • the first DCI format predefined or configured by signaling may be DCI format X.
  • the DCI format corresponding to the control channel can be represented by the size of the information bits carried by the control channel. Carrying information bits of different sizes can represent different DCI formats. For example, control channel 1 carries X bits of information, and control channel 2 carries Y bits of information. If X is not equal to Y, it can be considered that the DCI formats of control channel 1 and control channel 2 are different, or X The DCI format corresponding to bit is different from the DCI format corresponding to Y bit.
  • the DCI format corresponding to the control channel is restricted through a pre-configuration or a predefined manner, or the information bits that the control channel can carry are restricted through a pre-configuration or a predefined manner.
  • the network device uses the first DCI format to send the control channel to the terminal device on the second time domain resource.
  • the terminal device only uses the first DCI format to detect the control channel on the second time domain resource. That is, when the terminal device detects the indication information, it does not need to blindly detect various DCI formats that the control channel may correspond to, which reduces the number of blind detections used by the terminal device to detect the indication information, and reduces the power consumption of the terminal device.
  • the first DCI format may be DCI format 1_0 or DCI format 1_1 used to schedule downlink data transmission, and the first DCI format may also be other formats including a fixed control information size.
  • the control information size may be corresponding to the control information Represents the number of bits.
  • control resource set (control resource set, CORESET) corresponding to the control channel may be predefined or configured by signaling.
  • the control resource set can be understood as: certain specific time-frequency resources are used to carry the control channel on the time-frequency resources in the system. These specific time-frequency resources will be notified to the terminal equipment through high-level signaling in advance, so that the terminal equipment can follow-up At a specific detection moment, the control channel is detected on the specific time-frequency resource.
  • the control resource set includes the time-frequency resource information occupied by the network device to send the control channel (such as PDCCH).
  • the network device can configure one or more control resource sets for the terminal device, and the network device can be in any one corresponding to the terminal device.
  • the control channel is sent to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may receive the control channel sent by the network device on the time-frequency resource indicated by the control resource set.
  • the time-frequency resources of the control resource set are further divided into multiple CCEs.
  • the time position where the control resource set appears can be bound to the time position where the search space set (search space set, SS set) associated with the control resource set appears.
  • the search space set can be understood as the control channel (such as PDCCH) candidate set detected by the terminal device.
  • the terminal device needs to detect M PDCCH candidates, that is, it needs to detect whether there is a PDCCH related to its own data transmission at the M PDCCH candidate positions, then
  • the search space set can be understood as a set of these M PDCCH candidate positions.
  • the predefined or configured control resource set corresponding to the control channel may be the first control resource set.
  • the network device sends the control channel to the terminal device only on the time-frequency resource of the first control resource set on the second time domain resource.
  • the terminal device only needs to detect the control channel on the time-frequency resource of the first control resource set on the second time domain resource.
  • Restricting the control resource set corresponding to the control channel in a pre-configured or pre-defined manner can limit the range in which the terminal device detects the control channel. That is, when the terminal device detects the control channel, it does not need to blindly detect various control resource sets that the control channel may correspond to, but only needs to blindly detect the pre-configured or pre-defined time-frequency resources of the first control resource set. The number of blind detections for the terminal device to detect the indication information is reduced, and the power consumption of the terminal device is reduced.
  • the search space (or search space set) corresponding to the control channel may be predefined or configured by signaling.
  • the search space set can be understood as the control channel candidate set detected by the terminal device. Restricting the search space set (first search space set) corresponding to the control channel in a pre-configured or pre-defined manner can be understood as restricting the time position of the search space set and/or the control channel equipment included in the search space set. Choose a collection. Further, limiting the control channel candidate set included in the search space set may also be understood as limiting the aggregation level corresponding to the control channel included in the search space set or the number of control channel candidates included in the search space set. Since the terminal device needs to determine the control channel by blind detection, the number of control channel candidates included in the search space set can be understood as the number of blind detections required for the terminal device to detect the control channel in the search space set.
  • the search space set (first search space set) corresponding to the control channel is restricted by a pre-configured or predefined manner.
  • the network device only includes candidate positions in the first search space set on the second time domain resource.
  • the control channel is sent to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device detects the control channel only at the candidate positions included in the first search space set on the second time domain resource, instead of detecting the control channel in all possible search space sets of the control channel, which can reduce the terminal
  • the device blindly detects the complexity of the control channel (indication information), thereby reducing the power consumption of the terminal device.
  • the time domain location of the second time domain resource may be pre-configured or predefined.
  • the time domain location of the second time domain resource can be directly pre-configured or pre-defined.
  • the network device may directly pre-configure the time domain location of the second time domain resource.
  • the time offset between the second time domain resource and the first time domain resource can be pre-configured or predefined.
  • the network device may preconfigure the time offset between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource to enable the terminal device to determine the time domain location of the second time domain resource.
  • the time offset between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource may not be less than a threshold T.
  • the threshold T may be the difference between the terminal device transmitting the PUSCH and receiving the network device's response to the PUSCH.
  • Time offset The response of the network device to the PUSCH can be expressed as whether the network device correctly receives the data carried in the PUSCH, or it can be expressed as the rescheduling information of the hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) process carried by the PUSCH .
  • HARQ hybrid automatic repeat request
  • the time offset value here can be expressed by absolute time length, such as T milliseconds (ms), T microseconds ( ⁇ s), etc., or by time domain resources (such as time slots, subframes, symbols, etc.) ).
  • the network device may send the indication information to the terminal device at multiple different time transmission positions, that is, the number of the second time domain resource.
  • the number can be more than one.
  • the time transmission position of the indication information can be restricted in a pre-configured or predefined manner. For example, after the terminal device sends a resource request, the first time transmission position of the indication information may be pre-configured or predefined. If the indication information can be transmitted on multiple available time domain resources, it may also be pre-configured or pre-defined. Define the number of transmissions of the indication information, and then limit the time transmission position of the indication information.
  • the available time domain resources here can be understood as time domain resources that can be used for downlink transmission, or can also be understood as time domain resources used for indicating information transmission.
  • Multiple available time domain resources ie, multiple second time domain resources
  • FIG. 4 shows an example of a schematic diagram of multiple second time domain resources provided by an embodiment of this application, and FIG. 4 shows a plurality of consecutive available second time domain resources.
  • the multiple available time domain resources may also be discontinuous in time position, that is, there is a time interval between two adjacent times in the multiple second time domain resources, as shown in Figure 5,
  • Figure 5 Shown is an example of a schematic diagram of multiple second time domain resources provided by an embodiment of this application, and FIG. 5 shows a situation where multiple available second time domain resources have time intervals in the time domain.
  • the time transmission position of the indication information is restricted in a pre-configured or pre-defined manner.
  • the terminal device After the terminal device sends a resource request, it can only detect the indication information on one or more pre-configured or predefined second time domain resources, and the terminal device does not use it. Performing blind detection of the indication information at all possible time domain positions can reduce the number of blind detections used by the terminal device to detect the indication information, and reduce the power consumption of the terminal device.
  • the network device needs to process the resource request before sending the instruction information on the second time domain resource. That is, the network equipment needs a certain amount of processing time.
  • the terminal device may not need to detect the indication information related to data transmission Or the control channel, for example, does not need to detect the control channel carrying the uplink grant (UL grant), thereby reducing the power consumption of the terminal device to detect the control channel.
  • the control channel for example, does not need to detect the control channel carrying the uplink grant (UL grant), thereby reducing the power consumption of the terminal device to detect the control channel.
  • the number of the first time domain resource, the third time domain resource, or the fourth time domain resource may also be one or more.
  • the time domain location of the third time domain resource and/or the time domain location of the fourth time domain resource may be pre-configured or predefined.
  • a possible implementation manner is: the time domain position of the third time domain resource and/or the time domain position of the fourth time domain resource can be pre-configured or predefined.
  • the network device may directly preconfigure the time domain location of the third time domain resource.
  • a time domain offset value can be pre-configured or predefined, and the time domain offset value is used by the terminal device to determine the time domain position of the third time domain resource and/or the fourth time domain The time domain location of the resource.
  • the time domain offset value is used by the terminal device to determine the time domain location of the third time domain resource as an example for description. It should be understood that the specific process of determining the time domain position of the fourth time domain resource by the terminal device according to the time domain offset value used to determine the time domain position of the fourth time domain resource is different from how the terminal device determines the third time domain resource. The specific process of time domain location is similar. For a similar manner, reference may be made to the following specific manner for the terminal device to determine the time domain location of the third time domain resource.
  • the indication information may include the time domain offset value, and the time domain offset value is used by the terminal device to determine the time domain location of the third time domain resource.
  • the time offset here can be expressed by absolute time length, such as P milliseconds (ms), M microseconds ( ⁇ s), etc., or through resource requests (such as time slots, subframes, symbols, etc.)
  • the time domain offset value includes: at least one of the first time domain offset value, the second time domain offset value, and the third time domain offset value.
  • the first time domain offset value may be an offset value of the first time domain resource and the third time domain resource in the time domain
  • the second time domain offset value may be an offset value of the second time domain resource and the third time domain resource in the time domain;
  • the third time domain offset value may be an offset value of the fifth time domain resource and the third time domain resource in the time domain, where the fifth time domain resource is located behind the second time domain resource in the time domain and Located before the third time domain resource. That is, the position of the fifth time domain resource in the time domain is between the second time domain resource and the third time domain resource.
  • FIG. 6 shows a schematic diagram of an example of a first time domain resource, a second time domain resource, a third time domain resource, and a fifth time domain resource provided by an embodiment of this application. As shown in FIG. 6, the order from first to last in the time domain is: the first time domain resource, the second time domain resource, the fifth time domain resource, and the third time domain resource.
  • the time domain location of the fifth time domain resource may be predefined or configured by signaling, or the time domain offset value between the fifth time domain resource and the second time domain resource, or the fifth time domain resource
  • the time domain offset value from the first time domain resource is predefined or configured by signaling.
  • the time domain offset value between the fifth time domain resource and the second time domain resource may be K, and K may be the time from when the terminal device detects the indication information to when it is demodulated, or it may be the terminal device
  • the HARQ information includes an acknowledgement (acknowledgement, ACK) and a negative acknowledgement (negative acknowledgement, NACK).
  • the time offset between the earliest time to perform HARQ feedback on the PDSCH is 2 time units (time units such as time slots, subframes, symbols, etc.), that is, the value of K If it is 2, the time offset between the second time domain resource and the fifth time domain resource may be 2 time units.
  • the terminal device determines the third time domain resource according to the instruction information, it may determine the time domain position of the third time domain resource according to the time offset between the fifth time domain resource and the third time domain resource. The bit overhead used to determine the third time domain resource in the indication information can be reduced.
  • the indication information may not indicate the second time domain resource or the time offset value between the first time domain resource and the third time domain resource, but only indicate the fifth time domain resource and the first time domain resource.
  • the indication information may not indicate the second time domain resource or the time offset value between the first time domain resource and the third time domain resource, but only indicate the fifth time domain resource and the first time domain resource.
  • the fifth time domain resource may be the earliest time domain resource for the terminal device to detect DCI. Taking into account the specific implementation process of the terminal device, starting from the terminal device receiving the instruction information, it needs to be on the fifth time domain resource at the earliest to complete the analysis of the received instruction information, that is, the terminal device is also from the fifth time domain resource at the earliest. Start to detect the DCI sent by the network device.
  • the fifth time domain resource can be regarded as the earliest occurrence of the third time domain resource.
  • the fifth time domain resource may be a third time domain resource.
  • the indication information is determined by indicating the third time domain offset value between the fifth time domain resource and the third time domain resource.
  • the time domain resource, and the third time domain resource determined by indicating the second time domain offset value between the second time domain resource and the third time domain resource by indicating the indication information, and two third time domain resources determined by these two methods In the domain resources, the third time domain resource determined by the third time domain offset value is located at a later time. Since the terminal device detects the indication information transmitted on the second time domain resource, the third time domain resource is Before the domain resource, there is no need to detect the DCI in response to the resource request. Therefore, the third time domain resource is located further back in time, which will further reduce the power consumption of the terminal device.
  • the above-mentioned first time domain offset value, second time domain offset value, third time domain offset value, between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource The time offset value of, the time offset value between the fifth time domain resource and the second time domain resource, or the time offset value between the fifth time domain resource and the first time domain resource in addition to the absolute time length
  • the number of discontinuous reception (DRX) cycles can also be used to represent.
  • the DRX can be a work for the terminal device to turn on the receiver and enter the active state only during the necessary time period to receive downlink data, and turn off the receiver during the remaining time period to enter the dormant state and stop receiving downlink data to save power consumption of the terminal device. mode.
  • the DRX cycle is used to indicate the interval between two active states in the DRX state.
  • a DRX cycle consists of an active state period and a possible dormant period. Using the number of DRX cycles to characterize the length of the time domain offset value can reduce the load and signaling overhead used for the time domain offset value, and save resources.
  • the third time domain resource may be a time domain resource corresponding to the DRX cycle closest to the second time domain resource after the second time domain resource.
  • the DRX cycle closest to the second time domain resource may include (correspond to) one or more time domain resources. If the DRX cycle includes multiple time domain resources, the third time domain resource may be that the DRX cycle includes The first time domain resource.
  • a DRX cycle includes multiple time slots, and each time slot can be regarded as a time domain resource, and the third time domain resource can be the first time slot included in the DRX cycle.
  • the second time domain resource may appear periodically or non-periodically.
  • one first time domain resource may correspond to one second time domain resource.
  • the parameter (numerology) corresponding to different time domain resources may be the same or different.
  • the numerology corresponding to different time domain resources is different, the time deviation between two different time domain resources
  • the shift can be determined according to the numerology corresponding to any one of the time domain resources.
  • Numerology can be understood as a system parameter, which can specifically include Subcarrier Spacing (SCS).
  • SCS Subcarrier Spacing
  • the method for determining the time domain position of the fourth time domain resource can also be determined according to a method similar to that of determining the time domain position of the third time domain resource.
  • the method for determining the time domain position of the fourth time domain resource can also be determined according to a method similar to that of determining the time domain position of the third time domain resource.
  • I won’t repeat it here.
  • the type and/or number of the first signal may be predetermined. Defined or configured by signaling.
  • the terminal device detects the indication information at the second time, it only needs to detect the pre-defined or pre-configured first signal, and does not need to detect other types of signals, and/or only needs to detect the pre-defined or pre-configured number of first signals. Signal, there is no need to detect other numbers of first signals.
  • the complexity of detecting the indication information of the terminal device can be reduced, thereby reducing the power consumption of the terminal device.
  • the complexity of detecting the signal of the terminal device is lower than the complexity of detecting the control channel. Therefore, it can be understood that the first signal to carry the indication information will further reduce the power consumption of the terminal device.
  • the first signal has a corresponding relationship with a time domain offset value
  • the time domain offset value is used by the terminal device to determine the time domain resource of the third time domain resource.
  • the type or number of the first signal may have a corresponding relationship with the time domain offset value.
  • the time domain offset value can be used to determine the time domain location of the third time domain resource.
  • the time domain offset value may include at least one of the aforementioned first time domain offset value, second time domain offset value, and third time domain offset value. That is, different types of signals can represent (correspond to) different time-domain offset values. Different numbers of signals can also represent (correspond to) different time-domain offset values. Optionally, the number or type of signals can also characterize (correspond to) the magnitude of the offset value.
  • the type or number of the above-mentioned signals may have a corresponding relationship with the time domain offset value, which may be predefined or configured by signaling.
  • the terminal device detects the first type of signal on the second time domain resource, it can determine the first time domain offset value, which can determine the time domain offset value of the first time domain resource and the third time domain resource , So as to determine the time domain location of the third time domain resource.
  • the first type of signal may not only indicate the first time domain offset value, but also may indicate the magnitude of the first time domain offset value. That is, the first type of signal not only indicates that the type of the time domain offset value is the first time domain offset value, but also indicates the size of the time domain offset value (that is, the size of the first time domain offset value).
  • the first type of signal may only indicate the first time domain offset value, that is, the first type of signal only indicates that the type of the time domain offset value is the first time domain The offset value. The magnitude of the first time domain offset value is determined or indicated by the number of signals of the first type.
  • the signaling overhead for indicating the time domain offset value can be reduced, and the transmission reliability of the indication information can be ensured.
  • the time domain offset value may also be used by the terminal device to determine the fourth time domain resource Time domain resources.
  • the instruction information may be specific to the terminal device, that is, it is valid only for the terminal device, or the instruction information may also be valid for a group of terminal devices, when the instruction information is valid for a group of terminal devices.
  • the overhead of the indication information can be saved, the waste of resources can be reduced, and the transmission performance of the indication information can be guaranteed.
  • the indication information may be sent to the terminal device by being carried in the first information, that is, the indication information is included in the first information.
  • the first information can be used to trigger the terminal device to turn on the control information detection function or not to turn on the control information detection function in the DRX state, and/or to trigger the terminal device to stop when the control information detection function is turned on The detection of control information or not stop the detection of control information.
  • the network device may send the first information to the terminal device on the second time domain resource, and the first information includes (carries) the indication information. The terminal device detects the first information on the second time domain resource.
  • the indication information may be carried in the first information, and the first information may be used to trigger whether the terminal device opens the control channel (using PDCCH as an example) detection function in the DRX state, and/or to trigger the terminal device In the DRX state and the PDCCH detection function is turned on, whether to stop the detection of the PDCCH.
  • the terminal device can determine whether to enable the PDCCH detection function in the next DRX state, and also determine whether to enable the uplink scheduling grant (UL grant) detection function, and further determine whether it is at the third time
  • the unit needs to detect control information. It can save the overhead of the indication information, reduce the number of control channels that the terminal device needs to detect, and thereby reduce the power consumption of the terminal device.
  • turning on the PDCCH detection function or turning on the uplink scheduling permission detection function can be understood as the terminal device starting to detect the PDCCH or the uplink scheduling permission.
  • the foregoing first information may include a wake-up signal (wake-up signal, WUS), a power-saving signal (PoSS), or a go-to-sleep (GTS) signal, etc.
  • WUS wake-up signal
  • PoSS power-saving signal
  • GTS go-to-sleep
  • the terminal device can determine whether to enable the PDCCH detection function in the next DRX state, and also determine whether to enable the detection function of the uplink scheduling permission. It can also be determined whether to detect DCI on the third time domain resource. For example, suppose that 1bit information is used to represent indication information in PoSS signaling, and this 1bit can respond to resource requests sent by multiple terminal devices.
  • the first information may also include other information used to trigger whether the terminal device is turned on with the PDCCH detection function in the DRX state, and/or used to trigger the terminal device to turn on the PDCCH detection function, Whether to stop the PDCCH detection information or signal.
  • the embodiments of the application are not limited here.
  • the overhead of the indication information can be saved, the number of control channels that the terminal device needs to detect, and the power consumption of the terminal device can be saved.
  • the indication information may be effective for a group of terminal devices. Since the terminal device can determine whether it has sent a resource request on the first time domain resource, for a terminal device that has not sent a resource request, even if the indication information indicates that the terminal device detects the data sent by the network device on the third time domain resource DCI, the terminal device may not detect DCI. For the terminal device that has sent the resource request, the DCI sent by the network device may be detected on the third time domain resource, or the DCI sent by the network device may not be detected on the fourth time domain resource.
  • the instruction information is valid for both terminal device A and terminal device B, and terminal device A and terminal device B respectively send resource requests on their respective first time domain resources (first time domain corresponding to different terminal devices)
  • the resources may be the same or different), but the network device only detects the resource request sent by terminal device A, but not the resource request sent by terminal device B. This will cause terminal device B to detect the indication information, but The instruction information sent by the network device actually does not take into consideration the situation in which the terminal device B turns on the DCI detection function on the third time domain resource. For example, if the indication information is used to indicate to detect DCI on the third time domain resource.
  • the terminal device B starts to detect the DCI on the third time domain resource, it does not detect the DCI sent by the network device for the terminal device B. In order to reduce the power consumption of the terminal device B to detect DCI, if the terminal device B does not detect the DCI for scheduling its own data transmission within a certain period of time, it can re-initiate a resource request.
  • the method 200 when the terminal device detects indication information on the second time domain resource detection, and the indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to detect the DCI on the third time domain resource In this case, or in the case where the indication information is used to indicate the third time domain resource, taking FIG. 7 as an example, on the basis of the method steps shown in FIG. 2, the method 200 further includes: S240.
  • the terminal device When the indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to detect the DCI on the third time domain resource, or when the indication information is used to indicate the third time domain resource, the terminal device is in the third time domain resource. Detect the DCI on.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device detects the first signal on the second time domain resource. Or, when the terminal device detects a certain type of first signal on the second time domain resource, and the type of the first signal is used to instruct the terminal device to detect the DCI on the third time domain resource or to indicate the third time domain Resources. Alternatively, the terminal device detects the indication information carried on the control channel on the second time domain resource, and the indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to detect the DCI on the third time domain resource or to indicate the third time domain resource. Then the terminal device detects the DCI on the third time domain resource.
  • the terminal device may determine the value of the third time domain resource according to the indication of the indication information or the predefined time domain offset value (the first time domain offset value, the second time domain offset value or the third time domain offset value) Time domain location.
  • the DCI includes response information to the resource request sent by the terminal device.
  • the DCI may be transmitted through PDCCH or PDSCH, or through other physical transmission channels, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the DCI may be an uplink scheduling grant (UL grant).
  • the terminal device can use the transmission parameters indicated by the DCI to perform uplink data transmission or side-line data transmission.
  • the terminal device after the terminal device sends the resource request on the first time domain resource, it will not immediately start to detect the DCI sent by the network device in response to the resource request, but based on the data on the second time domain resource.
  • the detected indication information When the indication information indicates that the DCI sent by the network device is detected on the third time domain resource, the DCI detection is started on the third time domain resource, and the DCI is detected between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource. In the time interval between the second time domain resource and the third time domain resource, the terminal device does not need to detect the DCI sent by the network device, which can save the power consumption of the terminal device, increase the service life of the terminal device, and increase the user experience.
  • the terminal device When the indication information indicates that the DCI sent by the network device is not detected on the third time domain resource, or the indication information is used to indicate the fourth time domain resource, the terminal device does not need to detect the DCI on the third time domain resource or is Without detecting DCI on the four-time domain resources, the power consumption of the terminal equipment can also be saved, and the service life of the terminal equipment can be increased.
  • S240 may also be included in the steps shown in FIG. 3.
  • the method 200 further includes: S209.
  • the network device sends trigger information to the terminal device, where the trigger information is used to instruct the terminal device to determine whether to detect the DCI according to the instruction information.
  • the terminal device after the terminal device sends a resource request on the first time domain resource, it needs to first detect the indication information on the second time domain resource, and then determine whether to detect the network device on the third time domain resource according to the indication information DCI sent, or it is determined not to detect DCI on the fourth time domain resource.
  • the terminal device needs to wait until the indication information is detected before determining whether to start detecting the DCI. This processing flow may be triggered.
  • the network device may send trigger information to the terminal device. The trigger information is used to indicate whether the terminal device is turned on or not. After the indication information is detected, it is determined whether to start the process of detecting DCI.
  • the trigger information can be used to instruct the terminal device to start DCI detection immediately after sending the resource request on the first time domain resource, or it can be used to instruct the terminal device to wait until the terminal device sends the resource request on the first time domain resource.
  • the indication information is detected on the second time domain resource, and then it is determined according to the indication information whether to detect the DCI on the third time domain resource, or it is determined not to detect the DCI on the fourth time domain resource. For example, assuming that 1 bit is used to represent trigger information, when the value of this bit is 0, it can indicate that the terminal device immediately starts to detect the DCI sent by the network device after sending the resource request. When the value of this bit is 1, it can indicate that the terminal device needs to detect the indication information after sending the resource request, and then can determine whether to start DCI detection according to the indication information.
  • the network device may also determine whether to send the instruction information according to the detected resource requests of different types (using SR as an example for illustration). For example, for a terminal device, there are at least two types of SR, and the network device determines whether to send instruction information according to the detected SR type. When the service data that the terminal device needs to transmit is sensitive to the delay requirement, the terminal device can send the first type of SR. In this case, the network device may not send the instruction information, and the terminal device can send the first type of SR. The DCI is detected immediately after the SR. However, if network congestion has occurred on the network device side, indication information may also be sent to instruct the terminal device to first detect the indication information and then determine whether to start detecting DCI.
  • the terminal device can send the second type of SR, and the network device can send indication information based on the detected second type SR, so that the terminal device first detects the indication information and then determines Whether to start detecting DCI. In this way, while meeting the data transmission delay requirement, the power consumption required for the terminal device to detect the DCI can also be reduced as much as possible.
  • the correspondence between the type of the resource request and whether the terminal device needs to detect the indication information in order to determine whether the DCI needs to be detected can be pre-defined or configured by signaling.
  • the first type of resource request corresponds to the processing flow of DCI detection immediately after the terminal device sends the resource request
  • the second type of resource request corresponds to the detection of the indication information after the terminal device sends the resource request to determine whether it is needed.
  • there may also be a corresponding relationship between the type of the resource request and the time domain offset value for example, the first time domain offset value, the second time domain offset value, and the third time domain offset value). Different types of resource requests are used to indicate different time domain offset values.
  • the network device may determine which time domain offset value is scheduled or pre-configured for the terminal device according to the type of the resource request sent by the terminal device.
  • S209 may also be included in the steps shown in FIG. 3 or FIG. 7.
  • the terminal device may continue to be sent on the time domain resource closest to the second time domain resource after the second time domain resource.
  • the time domain resource closest to the second time domain resource may be the next subframe or the next time slot after the second time domain resource.
  • the time domain resource closest to the second time domain resource may be the time domain resource corresponding to the sending period of the resource request that is the closest (earliest) after the second time domain resource. .
  • the terminal device if the terminal device detects indication information on two second time domain resources after sending the resource request for the first time domain resource, the terminal device uses the last detected indication information Whichever is true, that is, according to the indication information detected the last time, it is determined whether to detect the DCI used to respond to the resource request on the third time domain resource, or to determine not to detect the DCI on the fourth time domain resource.
  • the terminal device in order to prevent the resource request sent by the terminal device from being detected by the network device, may start at the first time domain resource start time after sending the resource request, or At the beginning of the second time domain resource, a timer is started. If no indication information is detected within the timer, the terminal device can continue to send resource requests after the timer expires to improve the resource request being detected by the network device. Possibility to improve the reliability of resource request transmission.
  • the network device may separately configure parameters for detecting downlink scheduling information and uplink scheduling information (control information in response to resource requests) for the terminal device.
  • the downlink scheduling information is used to schedule resources for downlink data transmission between the terminal equipment and the network equipment.
  • the uplink scheduling information (for example, DCI) may be used to schedule resources for uplink data transmission between a terminal device and a network device and/or resources for sideline data transmission of the terminal device.
  • the parameters of the uplink scheduling information may include the number of blind detections of the PDCCH, the aggregation level corresponding to the control channel carrying the scheduling information, etc., so that the power consumption of the terminal device for detecting the DCI can be reduced more flexibly.
  • the terminal device has enabled the control channel (for example, PDCCH) detection function (including the detection of downlink scheduling information, uplink scheduling information, and sidelink scheduling information), and after In the process of detecting the PDCCH, when the GTS signaling sent by the network device is received, in order to ensure the transmission performance of the terminal device's uplink data and/or sideline data, the terminal device can only stop the detection of the downlink scheduling information, but continue to detect the uplink scheduling Information and side link scheduling information (DCI in response to resource requests).
  • the terminal device may continue to detect the uplink scheduling information through the DCI format configured by default. So as to ensure the transmission of upstream transmission and side-line data.
  • pre-defined can be implemented by pre-saving corresponding codes, tables, or other methods that can be used to indicate related information in devices (for example, including terminal devices and network devices). There is no limitation on its specific implementation.
  • FIG. 9 shows a schematic block diagram of a communication device 300 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device 300 may correspond to the terminal device described in the above method 200 to method 500, or may be a chip or component applied to the terminal device, and Each module or unit in the device 300 is respectively used to execute each action or processing procedure performed by the terminal device in the method 200 described above.
  • the device 300 may include a processing unit 310 and a transceiving unit 320.
  • the transceiving unit 320 is configured to perform specific signal transceiving under the driving of the processing unit 310.
  • the processing unit 310 is configured to generate a resource request, and the resource request is used to request data transmission resources.
  • the transceiver unit 320 is configured to send a resource request on the first time domain resource, where the resource request is used to request data transmission resources.
  • the transceiving unit 320 is further configured to receive indication information on the second time domain resource, the indication information is used to instruct the communication device to detect DCI on the third time domain resource, the DCI is used to respond to the resource request, or the The indication information is used to indicate that the communication device does not detect DCI on the third time time domain resource, and the DCI is used to respond to the resource request.
  • the communication device provided by the present application, after the communication device sends a resource request on the first time domain resource, it does not immediately start to detect the DCI sent by the network device in response to the resource request, but receives it on the second time domain resource.
  • the indication information determines whether it is necessary to detect the DCI sent by the network device on the third time domain resource according to the indication of the indication information. In the time interval between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource and the time interval between the second time domain resource and the third time domain resource, the communication device does not need to detect the DCI sent by the network device, which can save communication
  • the power consumption of the device increases the service life of the communication device and improves the user experience.
  • the indication information is used to indicate the third time domain resource that carries DCI, and the DCI is used to schedule the data transmission resource, or the indication information is used to indicate the fourth time domain. Resource, the fourth time domain resource does not carry the DCI used to schedule the data transmission resource.
  • the indication information is carried by a first signal, or the indication information is transmitted through a control channel.
  • the transceiver unit 320 is further configured to detect the control channel on the second time domain resource in at least one of the following ways:
  • At least one of the first AL, the first DCI format, the first control resource set, and the first search space is predefined or configured by signaling.
  • the processing unit 310 is further configured to determine the second time domain resource according to the first time domain resource and an offset value, where the offset value is predefined or It is configured by signaling.
  • the indication information includes a time domain offset value, and the time domain offset value is used to indicate the time domain position of the third time domain resource; or, the indication information includes the The time domain location of the third time domain resource.
  • the time domain offset value includes:
  • At least one of the first time domain offset value, the second time domain offset value, and the third time domain offset value is selected from the first time domain offset value, the second time domain offset value, and the third time domain offset value
  • the first time domain offset value is an offset value of the first time domain resource and the third time domain resource in the time domain
  • the second time domain offset value is an offset value of the second time domain resource and the third time domain resource in the time domain
  • the third time domain offset value is the offset value of the fifth time domain resource and the third time domain resource in the time domain, and the fifth time domain resource is located behind the second time domain resource in the time domain and is located in the Before the third time domain resource, the offset value between the fifth time domain resource and the second time domain resource, and/or the offset value between the fifth time domain resource and the first time domain resource Pre-defined or configured by signaling.
  • the indication information is included in the first information, and the first information is used to trigger the communication device to turn on the control information detection function or not to turn on the control information in the discontinuous DRX state
  • the detection function, and/or, the first information is used to trigger the communication device to stop the detection of the control information or not to stop the detection of the control information in the state of discontinuous reception of the DRX.
  • the first signal has a corresponding relationship with a time domain offset value
  • the time domain offset value is used by the communication device to determine the third time domain resource
  • the transceiver unit 320 is further configured to receive trigger information, where the trigger information is used to instruct the communication device to determine whether to detect the DCI according to the instruction information.
  • the device 300 may also be the storage unit, and the transceiving unit 320 may be a transceiver, an input/output interface, or an interface circuit.
  • the storage unit is used to store instructions executed by the transceiver unit 320 and the processing unit 310.
  • the transceiving unit 320, the processing unit 310, and the storage unit are coupled to each other, the storage unit stores instructions, the processing unit 310 is used to execute the instructions stored in the storage unit, and the transceiving unit 320 is used to perform specific signal transceiving under the driving of the processing unit 310.
  • the transceiving unit 320 may include a receiving unit (module) and a sending unit (module), which are used to execute the various embodiments of the foregoing method 200 and the terminal in the embodiments shown in FIG. 2, FIG. 3, FIG. 7, and FIG. 8. Steps for the device to receive and send information.
  • a receiving unit module
  • a sending unit module
  • the transceiving unit 320 may be a transceiver, an input/output interface, or an interface circuit.
  • the storage unit may be a memory.
  • the processing unit 310 may be implemented by a processor.
  • the communication device 400 may include a processor 410, a memory 420, a transceiver 430, and a bus system 440.
  • the various components of the communication device 400 are coupled together through a bus system 440, where the bus system 440 may include a power bus, a control bus, a status signal bus, etc., in addition to a data bus.
  • various buses are marked as the bus system 440 in FIG. 10.
  • FIG. 10 is only schematically drawn.
  • the communication device 300 shown in FIG. 9 or the communication device 400 shown in FIG. 10 can implement the various embodiments of the foregoing method 200 and the steps performed by the terminal device in the embodiments shown in FIG. 2, FIG. 3, FIG. 7, and FIG.
  • the communication device 300 shown in FIG. 9 or the communication device 400 shown in FIG. 10 may be a terminal device.
  • FIG. 11 shows a schematic block diagram of a communication device 500 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device 500 may correspond to the network device described in the above method 200, or may be a chip or component applied to the network device, and the device 500 may Each module or unit is respectively used to execute each action or processing procedure performed by the network device in the above method 200.
  • the device 500 may include a transceiver unit 510 and a processing unit 520.
  • the transceiving unit 520 is configured to perform specific signal transceiving under the driving of the processing unit 510.
  • the transceiver unit 510 is configured to receive a resource request from a terminal device on the first time domain resource, where the resource request is used to request data transmission resources.
  • the processing unit 520 is configured to generate instruction information.
  • the transceiver unit 510 is further configured to send indication information to the terminal device on the second time domain resource, where the indication information is used to indicate a third time domain resource carrying DCI, and the DCI is used to schedule the data transmission resource, or, The indication information is used to indicate the fourth time domain resource, and the fourth time domain resource does not carry the DCI used to schedule the data transmission resource.
  • the communication device after receiving the resource request sent by the terminal device on the first time domain resource, the communication device does not immediately instruct the terminal to detect the DCI in response to the resource request, but on the second time domain resource Send instruction information to the terminal device, where the instruction information is used to indicate whether the terminal device needs to detect the DCI sent by the network device on the third time domain resource.
  • the terminal device In the time interval between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource, and the time interval between the second time domain resource and the third time domain resource, the terminal device does not need to detect DCI, which can save the power of the terminal device. Consumption, increase the service life of terminal equipment, and improve user experience.
  • the indication information is used to instruct the communication device to detect DCI on the third time domain resource, the DCI is used to respond to the resource request, or the indication information is used to indicate the The communication device does not detect DCI on the third time time domain resource, and the DCI is used to respond to the resource request.
  • the indication information is carried by a first signal, or the indication information is transmitted through a control channel.
  • the transceiver unit 510 is further configured to use at least one of the following methods to send a control channel to the terminal device on the second time domain resource;
  • At least one of the first AL, the first DCI format, the first control resource set, and the first search space is predefined or configured by signaling.
  • the processing unit 520 is further configured to determine the second time domain resource according to the first time domain resource and an offset value, where the offset value is predefined or It is configured by signaling.
  • the indication information includes a time domain offset value, and the time domain offset value is used to indicate the time domain position of the third time domain resource; or, the indication information includes the The time domain location of the third time domain resource.
  • the time domain offset value includes:
  • At least one of the first time domain offset value, the second time domain offset value, and the third time domain offset value is selected from the first time domain offset value, the second time domain offset value, and the third time domain offset value
  • the first time domain offset value is an offset value of the first time domain resource and the third time domain resource in the time domain
  • the second time domain offset value is an offset value of the second time domain resource and the third time domain resource in the time domain
  • the third time domain offset value is the offset value of the fifth time domain resource and the third time domain resource in the time domain, and the fifth time domain resource is located behind the second time domain resource in the time domain and is located in the Before the third time domain resource, the offset value between the fifth time domain resource and the second time domain resource, and/or, the offset value between the fifth time domain resource and the first time domain resource Pre-defined or configured by signaling.
  • the indication information is included in the first information, and the first information is used to trigger the terminal device to enable the control information detection function in the discontinuous reception DRX state or not to enable the control information
  • the detection function, and/or, the first information is used to trigger the terminal device to stop the detection of the control information or not to stop the detection of the control information in the discontinuous reception of the DRX state.
  • the first signal has a corresponding relationship with a time domain offset value
  • the time domain offset value is used by the terminal device to determine the third time domain resource
  • the transceiving unit 510 is further configured to send trigger information to the terminal device, where the trigger information is used to instruct the terminal device to determine whether to detect the DCI according to the indication information.
  • the transceiving unit 510 may include a receiving unit (module) and a sending unit (module), which are used to execute the various embodiments of the foregoing method 200 and the network in the embodiments shown in FIG. 2, FIG. 3, FIG. 7, and FIG. Steps for the device to receive and send information.
  • a receiving unit module
  • a sending unit module
  • the device 500 may also be the storage unit, and the transceiving unit 510 may be a transceiver, an input/output interface, or an interface circuit.
  • the storage unit is used to store instructions executed by the transceiving unit 510 and the processing unit 520.
  • the transceiving unit 510, the processing unit 520, and the storage unit are coupled to each other, the storage unit stores instructions, the processing unit 520 is used to execute the instructions stored in the storage unit, and the transceiving unit 510 is used to perform specific signal transceiving under the driving of the processing unit 520.
  • the transceiving unit 520 may be a transceiver, an input/output interface, or an interface circuit.
  • the storage unit may be a memory.
  • the processing unit 310 may be implemented by a processor.
  • the communication device 600 may include a processor 610, a memory 620, and a transceiver 630.
  • the communication device 500 shown in FIG. 11 or the communication device 600 shown in FIG. 12 can implement the steps performed by the network device in the foregoing method embodiments and the embodiments shown in FIG. 2, FIG. 3, FIG. 7, and FIG. 8.
  • the communication device 500 shown in FIG. 11 or the communication device 600 shown in FIG. 12 may be a network device.
  • each unit in the device can be all implemented in the form of software called by processing elements; they can also be all implemented in the form of hardware; part of the units can also be implemented in the form of software called by the processing elements, and some of the units can be implemented in the form of hardware.
  • each unit can be a separate processing element, or it can be integrated in a certain chip of the device for implementation.
  • it can also be stored in the memory in the form of a program, which is called and executed by a certain processing element of the device.
  • the processing element may also be called a processor, and may be an integrated circuit with signal processing capability.
  • each step of the above method or each of the above units may be implemented by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor element or implemented in a form of being called by software through a processing element.
  • the unit in any of the above devices may be one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above methods, for example: one or more application specific integrated circuits (ASIC), or, one or Multiple digital signal processors (digital signal processors, DSP), or, one or more field programmable gate arrays (FPGA), or a combination of at least two of these integrated circuits.
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuits
  • DSP digital signal processors
  • FPGA field programmable gate arrays
  • the unit in the device can be implemented in the form of a processing element scheduler
  • the processing element can be a general-purpose processor, such as a central processing unit (CPU) or other processors that can call programs.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • these units can be integrated together and implemented in the form of a system-on-a-chip (SOC).
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device 700 provided by this application.
  • the foregoing apparatus 300 or 400 may be configured in the terminal device 700.
  • the apparatus 300 or 400 itself may be the terminal device 700.
  • the terminal device 700 can execute the actions performed by the terminal device in the above method 200.
  • FIG. 13 only shows the main components of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device 700 includes a processor, a memory, a control circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device.
  • the processor is mainly used to process the communication protocol and communication data, and to control the entire terminal device, execute the software program, and process the data of the software program. For example, it is used to support the terminal device to execute the above-mentioned transmission precoding matrix instruction method embodiment.
  • the memory is mainly used to store software programs and data, for example, to store the codebook described in the above embodiments.
  • the control circuit is mainly used for the conversion of baseband signals and radio frequency signals and the processing of radio frequency signals.
  • the control circuit and the antenna together can also be called a transceiver, which is mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • Input and output devices such as touch screens, display screens, keyboards, etc., are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users.
  • the processor can read the software program in the storage unit, interpret and execute the instructions of the software program, and process the data of the software program.
  • the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and then outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit.
  • the radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and sends the radio frequency signal to the outside in the form of electromagnetic waves through the antenna.
  • the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, and the processor converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data.
  • FIG. 13 only shows a memory and a processor. In an actual terminal device, there may be multiple processors and memories.
  • the memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or a storage device, etc., which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the processor may include a baseband processor and a central processing unit.
  • the baseband processor is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data.
  • the central processing unit is mainly used to control the entire terminal device, execute software programs, and process software programs. data.
  • the processor in FIG. 13 integrates the functions of the baseband processor and the central processing unit.
  • the baseband processor and the central processing unit may also be independent processors and are interconnected by technologies such as a bus.
  • the terminal device may include multiple baseband processors to adapt to different network standards, the terminal device may include multiple central processors to enhance its processing capabilities, and the various components of the terminal device may be connected through various buses.
  • the baseband processor can also be expressed as a baseband processing circuit or a baseband processing chip.
  • the central processing unit can also be expressed as a central processing circuit or a central processing chip.
  • the function of processing the communication protocol and the communication data may be built in the processor, or stored in the storage unit in the form of a software program, and the processor executes the software program to realize the baseband processing function.
  • the antenna and the control circuit with the transceiving function can be regarded as the transceiving unit 701 of the terminal device 700, and the processor with the processing function can be regarded as the processing unit 702 of the terminal device 700.
  • the terminal device 700 includes a transceiving unit 701 and a processing unit 202.
  • the transceiving unit may also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiving device, and so on.
  • the device for implementing the receiving function in the transceiving unit 701 can be regarded as the receiving unit, and the device for implementing the sending function in the transceiving unit 701 can be regarded as the sending unit, that is, the transceiving unit 701 includes a receiving unit and a sending unit.
  • the receiving unit may also be called a receiver, a receiver, a receiving circuit, etc.
  • the sending unit may be called a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit, etc.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device 800 provided by this application.
  • the terminal device includes a processor 810, a data sending processor 820, and a data receiving processor 830.
  • the processing unit 320 and the processing unit 520 in the foregoing embodiment may be the processor 810 in FIG. 13 and perform corresponding functions.
  • the transceiving unit 510 in the foregoing embodiment may be the sending data processor 820 and/or the receiving data processor 830 in FIG. 8.
  • the channel encoder and the channel decoder are shown in FIG. 14, it can be understood that these modules do not constitute a restrictive description of this embodiment, and are only illustrative.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device 900 provided by an embodiment of this application, which may be used to implement the functions of the network device in the foregoing method.
  • the network device 900 includes one or more radio frequency units, such as a remote radio unit (RRU) 901 and one or more baseband units (BBU) (also referred to as digital units, digital units, DU) 902.
  • RRU 901 may be called a transceiver unit, a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver, etc., and it may include at least one antenna 9011 and a radio frequency unit 9012.
  • the RRU 901 part is mainly used for the transmission and reception of radio frequency signals and the conversion between radio frequency signals and baseband signals, for example, for sending the signaling messages in the foregoing embodiments to terminal equipment.
  • the 902 part of the BBU is mainly used for baseband processing and control of the base station.
  • the RRU 901 and the BBU 902 may be physically set together, or may be physically separated, that is, a distributed base station.
  • the BBU 902 is the control center of the base station, and can also be called a processing unit, which is mainly used to complete baseband processing functions, such as channel coding, multiplexing, modulation, and spreading.
  • the BBU (processing unit) 902 may be used to control the base station 90 to execute the operation procedure of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the BBU 902 can be composed of one or more single boards, and multiple single boards can jointly support a radio access network of a single access standard (such as an LTE system or a 5G system), and can also support different connections. Enter the standard wireless access network.
  • the BBU 902 also includes a memory 9021 and a processor 9022.
  • the memory 9021 is used to store necessary instructions and data.
  • the memory 9021 stores the codebook in the above-mentioned embodiment and the like.
  • the processor 9022 is used to control the base station to perform necessary actions, for example, used to control the base station to execute the operation procedure of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the memory 9021 and the processor 9022 may serve one or more single boards. In other words, the memory and the processor can be set separately on each board. It can also be that multiple boards share the same memory and processor. In addition, necessary circuits can be provided on each board.
  • SoC system-on-chip
  • all or part of the functions of part 902 and part 901 can be implemented by SoC technology, for example, a base station function chip Realization, the base station function chip integrates a processor, a memory, an antenna interface and other devices, the program of the base station related functions is stored in the memory, and the processor executes the program to realize the related functions of the base station.
  • the base station function chip can also read a memory external to the chip to implement related functions of the base station.
  • FIG. 15 is only a possible form, and should not constitute any limitation in the embodiment of the present application. This application does not exclude the possibility of other types of base station structures that may appear in the future.
  • the processor may be a central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), and the processor may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (digital signal processors, DSP), and dedicated integration Circuit (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), ready-made programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc.
  • the general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may also be any conventional processor or the like.
  • the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be volatile memory or non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), and electrically available Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • the volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache.
  • RAM random access memory
  • static random access memory static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • DRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • Access memory synchronous DRAM, SDRAM
  • double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM
  • enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM
  • synchronous connection dynamic random access memory Take memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM).
  • the foregoing embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any other combination.
  • the above-mentioned embodiments may be implemented in the form of a computer program product in whole or in part.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions or computer programs.
  • the computer can be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer instruction may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer instruction may be transmitted from a website, a computer, a server, or a data center through a cable (For example, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) to transmit to another website, computer, server or data center.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or a data center that includes one or more sets of available media.
  • the usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium.
  • the semiconductor medium may be a solid state drive.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, which includes: the above-mentioned terminal device and the above-mentioned network device.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable medium for storing computer program code, and the computer program includes instructions for executing the resource request method of the embodiment of the present application in the above method 200.
  • the readable medium may be a read-only memory (ROM) or a random access memory (RAM), which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the present application also provides a computer program product, which includes instructions, when the instructions are executed, so that the terminal device and the network device respectively perform the operations of the terminal device and the network device corresponding to the above method.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a system chip, which includes a processing unit and a communication unit.
  • the processing unit may be, for example, a processor, and the communication unit may be, for example, an input/output interface, a pin, or a circuit.
  • the processing unit can execute computer instructions to enable the chip in the communication device to execute any of the resource request methods provided in the foregoing embodiments of the present application.
  • any communication device provided in the foregoing embodiments of the present application may include the system chip.
  • the computer instructions are stored in a storage unit.
  • the storage unit is a storage unit in the chip, such as a register, a cache, etc.
  • the storage unit can also be a storage unit in the terminal located outside the chip, such as a ROM or other storage units that can store static information and instructions.
  • static storage devices RAM, etc.
  • the processor mentioned in any of the foregoing may be a CPU, a microprocessor, an ASIC, or one or more integrated circuits used to control the program execution of the foregoing resource request method.
  • the processing unit and the storage unit can be decoupled, respectively set on different physical devices, and connected in a wired or wireless manner to realize the respective functions of the processing unit and the storage unit, so as to support the system chip to implement the above-mentioned embodiments Various functions in.
  • the processing unit and the memory may also be coupled to the same device.
  • the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), and electrically available Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • the volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache.
  • RAM random access memory
  • static random access memory static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • DRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • Access memory synchronous DRAM, SDRAM
  • double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM
  • enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM
  • synchronous connection dynamic random access memory Take memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM).
  • system and "network” in this article are often used interchangeably in this article.
  • the term “and/or” in this article is only an association relationship that describes associated objects, which means that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist at the same time, exist alone B these three situations.
  • the character "/" in this text generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or" relationship.
  • uplink and downlink appearing in this application are used to describe the direction of data/information transmission in a specific scenario.
  • the "uplink” direction generally refers to the direction or distribution of data/information from the terminal to the network side.
  • the “downlink” direction generally refers to the direction in which data/information is transmitted from the network side to the terminal, or the direction in which the centralized unit transmits to the distributed unit.
  • uplink and downlink “It is only used to describe the direction of data/information transmission, and the specific start and end equipment of the data/information transmission is not limited.
  • the disclosed system, device, and method may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the unit is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or may be Integrate into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented.
  • the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
  • the functional units in the various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the function is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), and random access.

Abstract

A resource request method and a communication device, the method comprising: a terminal device sending a resource request on a first time domain resource, the resource request being used to request a data transmission resource; the terminal device receiving instruction information on a second time domain resource, the instruction information being used to instruct the terminal device to detect DCI on a third time domain resource, or the instruction information being used to instruct the terminal device to not detect DCI on the third time domain resource, and the DCI being used to respond to the resource request. After sending the resource request, the terminal device does not immediately start to detect DCI responding to the resource request, but first detects instruction information sent by a network device, and determines according to the instruction information whether to start to detect control information sent by the network device. Thus, the length of time for which the terminal device detects control information is reduced, the power consumption of the terminal device is reduced, the service life of the terminal device is increased, especially for machine-type communications (MTC) devices, and user experience is improved.

Description

资源请求的方法和通信装置Method and communication device for resource request 技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信领域,更为具体的,涉及一种资源请求的方法和通信装置。This application relates to the field of communications, and more specifically, to a method and communication device for resource request.
背景技术Background technique
机器类型通信(machine-type communication,MTC)为万物互联的基础之一,对于机器类型通信服务而言,机器的待机时间越长,该机器可供使用的时间就越长,等效于用户使用该机器时的付出成本就越低。因此,从用户体验角度,降低机器(以终端设备为例)的功耗,保证终端设备的待机时间,在通信研究中具有重要的意义。Machine-type communication (MTC) is one of the foundations of the Internet of Everything. For machine-type communication services, the longer the standby time of the machine, the longer the machine can be used, which is equivalent to user use The lower the cost of the machine. Therefore, from the perspective of user experience, reducing the power consumption of the machine (taking terminal equipment as an example) and ensuring the standby time of the terminal equipment is of great significance in communication research.
目前,当终端设备有数据传输需求时,可以在预配置或者预定义的资源上向网络设备发送调度请求(scheduling request,SR)。终端设备在发送SR之后,会立即进入激活(Active)状态,当终端设备处于激活状态时,会一直检测下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)。该DCI中包括为终端设备的分配的传输数据的资源信息等。但是有些情况下,网络设备可能漏检测了该终端设备的SR,或者,即使网络设备接收到该SR,也可能不会立即向终设备发送DCI,或者,也可能不会向该终设备发送DCI。这也就导致了当终端设备发送SR之后,可能会在一段时间之后才能检测到接收到网络设备发送的DCI,或者根本不会接收到网络设备发送的DCI,而终端设备却一直处于检测DCI的状态,增加了终端设备的功耗,影响终端设备的使用寿命,用户体验差。At present, when a terminal device has a data transmission requirement, it can send a scheduling request (scheduling request, SR) to the network device on a pre-configured or predefined resource. After the terminal device sends the SR, it will immediately enter the active (Active) state. When the terminal device is in the active state, it will always detect the downlink control information (DCI). The DCI includes resource information of transmission data allocated to the terminal device and the like. However, in some cases, the network device may miss the SR of the terminal device, or even if the network device receives the SR, it may not immediately send DCI to the terminal device, or it may not send DCI to the terminal device. . This also results in that after the terminal device sends the SR, it may take a while to detect the DCI sent by the network device, or it may not receive the DCI sent by the network device at all, but the terminal device has been detecting DCI. Status increases the power consumption of the terminal device, affects the service life of the terminal device, and has a poor user experience.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请提供了一种资源请求的方法和通信装置。终端设备在发送资源请求之后,不会立即开始检测网络设备发送响应于该资源请求的控制信息(例如DCI),而是先检测网络设备发送的指示信息,根据指示信息的指示确定是否需要开始检测网络设备发送的控制信息。可以减少终端设备检测控制信息的时间长度,节省终端设备的功耗,增加终端设备的使用寿命,提高用户体验。This application provides a method and communication device for resource request. After the terminal device sends the resource request, it will not immediately start to detect that the network device sends control information (such as DCI) in response to the resource request, but first detects the instruction information sent by the network device, and determines whether it needs to start detection according to the instructions of the instruction information. Control information sent by the network device. The length of time for the terminal device to detect control information can be reduced, the power consumption of the terminal device can be saved, the service life of the terminal device can be increased, and the user experience can be improved.
第一方面,提供了一种资源请求的方法,该方法的执行主体既可以是终端设备,也可以是应用于终端设备的芯片。以执行主体为终端设备为例,该方法包括:终端设备在第一时域资源上发送资源请求,该资源请求用于请求数据传输资源;该终端设备在第二时域资源上接收指示信息,该指示信息用于指示该终端设备在第三时域资源上检测DCI,该DCI用于响应该资源请求,或者该指示信息用于指示该终端设备在第三时间时域资源上不检测DCI,该DCI用于响应该资源请求。In the first aspect, a method for requesting resources is provided. The execution subject of the method can be either a terminal device or a chip applied to the terminal device. Taking a terminal device as an execution subject as an example, the method includes: the terminal device sends a resource request on a first time domain resource, the resource request is used to request a data transmission resource; the terminal device receives indication information on a second time domain resource, The indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to detect DCI on the third time domain resource, the DCI is used to respond to the resource request, or the indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device does not detect DCI on the third time time domain resource, The DCI is used to respond to the resource request.
第一方面提供的资源请求的方法,终端设备在第一时域资源上发送资源请求之后,不会立即开始检测网络设备发送的响应于该资源请求的DCI,而是在第二时域资源上接收的指示信息,根据指示信息的指示确定是否需要在第三时域资源上检测网络设备发送的DCI。在第一时域资源到第二时域资源之间的时间间隔、以及第二时域资源到第三时域资 源之间的时间间隔内,终端设备不用检测网络设备发送的DCI,可以节省终端设备的功耗,增加终端设备的使用寿命,提高用户体验。In the resource request method provided by the first aspect, after the terminal device sends the resource request on the first time domain resource, it will not immediately start to detect the DCI sent by the network device in response to the resource request, but on the second time domain resource. The received indication information determines whether it is necessary to detect the DCI sent by the network device on the third time domain resource according to the indication of the indication information. In the time interval between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource and the time interval between the second time domain resource and the third time domain resource, the terminal device does not need to detect the DCI sent by the network device, which can save the terminal The power consumption of the equipment increases the service life of the terminal equipment and improves the user experience.
在第一方面一种可能的实现方式中,该指示信息用于指示承载DCI的第三时域资源,该DCI用于调度该数据传输资源;或者,该指示信息用于指示第四时域资源,该第四时域资源上不承载用于调度该数据传输资源的DCI。在该实现方式中,指示信息只需要指示第三时域资源或者第四时域资源,指示信息指示第三时域资源时,终端设备在第三时域资源上检测网络设备发送的DCI。指示信息指示第四时域资源时,终端设备在第四时域资源上不检测网络设备发送的DCI。可以降低指示信息指示的复杂度,降低指示信息的开销,节省资源。In a possible implementation of the first aspect, the indication information is used to indicate a third time domain resource that carries DCI, and the DCI is used to schedule the data transmission resource; or, the indication information is used to indicate a fourth time domain resource , The fourth time domain resource does not carry the DCI used to schedule the data transmission resource. In this implementation manner, the indication information only needs to indicate the third time domain resource or the fourth time domain resource, and when the indication information indicates the third time domain resource, the terminal device detects the DCI sent by the network device on the third time domain resource. When the indication information indicates the fourth time domain resource, the terminal device does not detect the DCI sent by the network device on the fourth time domain resource. The complexity of the indication information can be reduced, the overhead of the indication information can be reduced, and resources can be saved.
在第一方面一种可能的实现方式中,第三时域资源和第四时域资源为预定义的或者预配置。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the third time domain resource and the fourth time domain resource are predefined or pre-configured.
在第一方面一种可能的实现方式中,该指示信息通过第一信号承载,或者该指示信息通过控制信道传输。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the indication information is carried by the first signal, or the indication information is transmitted by the control channel.
在第一方面一种可能的实现方式中,第一信号可以为DMRS,或者,可以为CSI-RS,或者,还可以为相位跟踪参PT-RS。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the first signal may be a DMRS, or may be a CSI-RS, or may also be a phase tracking reference PT-RS.
在第一方面一种可能的实现方式中,第一信号可以是由序列生成的,该序列可以是ZC序列、CAZAC序列、相控序列、m序列、Gold序列、M序列、GMW序列、kasami序列、Bent序列、哈德码序列、DFT序列等。In a possible implementation of the first aspect, the first signal may be generated by a sequence, and the sequence may be a ZC sequence, a CAZAC sequence, a phase control sequence, an m sequence, a Gold sequence, an M sequence, a GMW sequence, and a kasami sequence. , Bent sequence, Harder code sequence, DFT sequence, etc.
在第一方面一种可能的实现方式中,第一信号本身的有无也可以用于指示第三时域资源或者第四时域资源。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the presence or absence of the first signal itself may also be used to indicate the third time domain resource or the fourth time domain resource.
在第一方面一种可能的实现方式中,第一信号的类型和/或个数可以为预定义的或者是由信令配置的。In a possible implementation of the first aspect, the type and/or number of the first signal may be predefined or configured by signaling.
在第一方面一种可能的实现方式中,该终端设备在第二时域资源上接收指示信息,包括:该终端设备在第二时域资源上,采用以下方式中的至少一种检测该控制信道:In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the terminal device receiving the indication information on the second time domain resource includes: the terminal device detects the control on the second time domain resource in at least one of the following ways channel:
在第一聚合等级AL对应的候选检测位置检测该控制信道;Detecting the control channel at the candidate detection position corresponding to the first aggregation level AL;
采用第一DCI格式检测该控制信道;Use the first DCI format to detect the control channel;
在第一控制资源集的时频资源上检测该控制信道;Detecting the control channel on the time-frequency resource of the first control resource set;
在第一搜索空间上检测该控制信道;Detecting the control channel on the first search space;
其中,该第一AL、该第一DCI格式、该第一控制资源集、该第一搜索空间中的至少一个是预定义的或者是由信令配置的。在该实现方式中,终端设备不用盲检测该控制信道所有可能的聚合等级对应的候选检测位置、不需要盲检测控制信道可能对应的各种DCI格式、不需要盲检测控制信道可能对应的各种控制资源集或者不用在控制信道所有可能的搜索空间集合内检测该控制信道。可以减少终端设备检测指示信息所花费的盲检测次数,降低终端设备检测指示信息的复杂性,进而降低终端设备的功耗。Wherein, at least one of the first AL, the first DCI format, the first control resource set, and the first search space is predefined or configured by signaling. In this implementation, the terminal device does not need to blindly detect the candidate detection positions corresponding to all possible aggregation levels of the control channel, does not need to blindly detect the various DCI formats that the control channel may correspond to, and does not need to blindly detect the various DCI formats that the control channel may correspond to. Control the resource set or not need to detect the control channel in the set of all possible search spaces of the control channel. It is possible to reduce the number of blind detections used by the terminal device to detect the indication information, reduce the complexity of the terminal device to detect the indication information, and thereby reduce the power consumption of the terminal device.
在第一方面一种可能的实现方式中,预定义的或者是由信令配置的控制信道对应的第一AL的值大于或者等于8。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the value of the first AL corresponding to the control channel that is predefined or configured by signaling is greater than or equal to 8.
在第一方面一种可能的实现方式中,第二时域资源可以为预定义的或者是由信令配置的。In a possible implementation of the first aspect, the second time domain resource may be predefined or configured by signaling.
在第一方面一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:该终端设备根据该第一时域资源 和偏移值,确定该第二时域资源,该偏移值为预定义的或者是由信令配置的。In a possible implementation of the first aspect, the method further includes: the terminal device determines the second time domain resource according to the first time domain resource and an offset value, where the offset value is predefined or Configured by signaling.
在第一方面一种可能的实现方式中,该指示信息包括时域偏移值,该时域偏移值用于指示该第三时域资源的时域位置;或者,该指示信息包括该第三时域资源的时域位置。在该实现方式中,通过指示信息指示或者利用时域偏移值确定第三时域资源的时域位置,可以灵活的实现确定第三时域资源的时域位置。第三时域资源的时域位置的可以灵活设置。提高了通信的灵活性。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the indication information includes a time domain offset value, and the time domain offset value is used to indicate the time domain position of the third time domain resource; or, the indication information includes the second 3. The time domain location of the time domain resource. In this implementation manner, the time domain position of the third time domain resource is determined by the indication information or the time domain offset value is used to flexibly determine the time domain position of the third time domain resource. The time domain location of the third time domain resource can be flexibly set. Improve the flexibility of communication.
在第一方面一种可能的实现方式中,该时域偏移值包括:In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the time domain offset value includes:
第一时域偏移值、第二时域偏移值、第三时域偏移值中的至少一个,At least one of the first time domain offset value, the second time domain offset value, and the third time domain offset value,
该第一时域偏移值为该第一时域资源与该第三时域资源在时域上的偏移值;The first time domain offset value is an offset value of the first time domain resource and the third time domain resource in the time domain;
该第二时域偏移值为该第二时域资源与该第三时域资源在时域上的偏移值;The second time domain offset value is an offset value of the second time domain resource and the third time domain resource in the time domain;
该第三时域偏移值为第五时域资源与该第三时域资源在时域上偏移值,该第五时域资源在时域上位于该第二时域资源之后且位于该第三时域资源之前,该第五时域资源与该第二时域资源之间的偏移值,和/或该第五时域资源与该第一时域资源之间的偏移值为预定义的或者是由信令配置的。The third time domain offset value is the offset value of the fifth time domain resource and the third time domain resource in the time domain, and the fifth time domain resource is located behind the second time domain resource in the time domain and is located in the Before the third time domain resource, the offset value between the fifth time domain resource and the second time domain resource, and/or the offset value between the fifth time domain resource and the first time domain resource Pre-defined or configured by signaling.
在第一方面一种可能的实现方式中,第一时域偏移值、第二时域偏移值、第三时域偏移值、第一时域资源与第二时域资源之间的时间偏移值、第五时域资源与第二时域资源之间的时间偏移值、或者第五时域资源与第一时域资源之间的时间偏移值可以利用DRX周期的个数来表示。In a possible implementation of the first aspect, the first time domain offset value, the second time domain offset value, the third time domain offset value, the difference between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource The time offset value, the time offset value between the fifth time domain resource and the second time domain resource, or the time offset value between the fifth time domain resource and the first time domain resource can use the number of DRX cycles To represent.
在第一方面一种可能的实现方式中,该第一信号的类型或者个数与时域偏移值存在对应关系,该时域偏移值用于该终端设备确定该第三时域资源或者第四时域资源。在该实现方式中,通过利用第一信号的类型或者个数来指示时域偏移值,可以降低用于指示时域偏移值的信令开销,保证指示信息的传输可靠性。In a possible implementation of the first aspect, there is a correspondence between the type or number of the first signal and the time domain offset value, and the time domain offset value is used by the terminal device to determine the third time domain resource or The fourth time domain resource. In this implementation manner, by using the type or number of the first signal to indicate the time domain offset value, the signaling overhead for indicating the time domain offset value can be reduced, and the transmission reliability of the indication information can be ensured.
在第一方面一种可能的实现方式中,该指示信息包含于第一信息中,该第一信息用于触发该终端设备在非连续接收DRX状态下开启控制信息检测功能或者不开启控制信息检测功能,和/或,该第一信息用于触发该终端设备在非连续接收DRX状态下,停止对控制信息的检测或者不停止对控制信息的检测。在该实现方式中,终端设备通过检测第一信息,即可以确定是否需要在接下来的DRX状态开启PDCCH检测功能,又可以确定是否开启上行调度准许的检测功能,进一步的还可以确定是否在第三时域资源需要检测控制信息。可以节省指示信息的开销,减少终端设备需要检测的控制信道个数,进而降低终端设备的功耗。In a possible implementation of the first aspect, the indication information is included in the first information, and the first information is used to trigger the terminal device to turn on the control information detection function or not to turn on the control information detection in the discontinuous reception DRX state The function, and/or, the first information is used to trigger the terminal device to stop the detection of control information or not to stop the detection of control information in the state of discontinuous reception of DRX. In this implementation manner, by detecting the first information, the terminal device can determine whether the PDCCH detection function needs to be turned on in the next DRX state, and whether to turn on the uplink scheduling permission detection function, and further can determine whether it is in the first DRX state. Three time domain resources need to detect control information. It can save the overhead of the indication information, reduce the number of control channels that the terminal device needs to detect, and thereby reduce the power consumption of the terminal device.
在第一方面一种可能的实现方式中,第一信息可以包括WUS、PoSS、或者GTS信号等。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the first information may include WUS, PoSS, or GTS signals.
在第一方面一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:该终端设备接收触发信息,该触发信息用于指示该终端设备根据该指示信息确定是否检测该DCI。在该实现方式中,在满足数据传输时延需求的同时,还可以尽可能地降低终端设备检测DCI所需要花费的功耗。In a possible implementation of the first aspect, the method further includes: the terminal device receives trigger information, where the trigger information is used to instruct the terminal device to determine whether to detect the DCI according to the instruction information. In this implementation manner, while meeting the data transmission delay requirement, the power consumption required for the terminal device to detect the DCI can also be reduced as much as possible.
在第一方面一种可能的实现方式中,该资源请求的类型与终端设备是否根据该指示信息确定是否检测该DCI的处理流程之间的存在对应关系。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect, there is a correspondence between the type of the resource request and whether the terminal device determines whether to detect the processing flow of the DCI according to the indication information.
第二方面,提供了一种资源请求的方法,该方法的执行主体既可以是网络设备,也可以是应用于网络设备的芯片。以执行主体为网络设备为例,该方法包括:网络设备在第一 时域资源上接收来自于终端设备的资源请求,该资源请求用于请求数据传输资源;该网络设备在第二时域资源上向该终端设备发送指示信息,该指示信息用于指示承载DCI的第三时域资源,该DCI用于调度该数据传输资源,或者,该指示信息用于指示第四时域资源,该第四时域资源上不承载用于调度该数据传输资源的DCI。In the second aspect, a method for requesting resources is provided. The execution subject of the method can be either a network device or a chip applied to the network device. Taking a network device as an execution subject as an example, the method includes: the network device receives a resource request from a terminal device on a first time domain resource, the resource request is used to request data transmission resources; the network device is on a second time domain resource Upward sending instruction information to the terminal device, the instruction information is used to indicate the third time domain resource that carries the DCI, the DCI is used to schedule the data transmission resource, or the instruction information is used to indicate the fourth time domain resource, the first Fourth, the DCI used to schedule the data transmission resource is not carried on the time domain resource.
第二方面提供的资源请求的方法,网络设备在第一时域资源上接收到终端设备发送的资源请求之后,不会立即向终端设备指示检测响应于该资源请求的DCI,而是在第二时域资源上向终端设备发送指示信息,该指示信息用于指示终端设备是否需要在第三时域资源上检测网络设备发送的DCI。在第一时域资源到第二时域资源之间的时间间隔、以及第二时域资源到第三时域资源之间的时间间隔内,终端设备不用检测的DCI,可以节省终端设备的功耗,增加终端设备的使用寿命,提高用户体验。In the resource request method provided by the second aspect, after receiving the resource request sent by the terminal device on the first time domain resource, the network device will not immediately instruct the terminal device to detect the DCI in response to the resource request, but in the second time domain resource. The indication information is sent to the terminal device on the time domain resource, and the indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal device needs to detect the DCI sent by the network device on the third time domain resource. In the time interval between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource, and the time interval between the second time domain resource and the third time domain resource, the terminal device does not need to detect DCI, which can save the power of the terminal device. Consumption, increase the service life of terminal equipment, and improve user experience.
在第二方面一种可能的实现方式中,该指示信息用于指示该终端设备在第三时域资源上检测DCI,该DCI用于响应该资源请求,或者该指示信息用于指示该终端设备在第三时间时域资源上不检测DCI,该DCI用于响应该资源请求。In a possible implementation of the second aspect, the indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to detect DCI on the third time domain resource, the DCI is used to respond to the resource request, or the indication information is used to indicate the terminal device The DCI is not detected on the third time time domain resource, and the DCI is used to respond to the resource request.
在第二方面一种可能的实现方式中,该指示信息通过第一信号承载,或者,该指示信息通过控制信道传输。In a possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the indication information is carried by the first signal, or the indication information is transmitted by the control channel.
在第二方面一种可能的实现方式中,该网络设备在第二时域资源上向该终端设备发送指示信息,包括:该网络设备在第二时域资源上,采用采用以下方式中的至少一种向该终端设备发送控制信道;In a possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the network device sending instruction information to the terminal device on the second time domain resource includes: the network device uses at least one of the following methods on the second time domain resource A method for sending a control channel to the terminal device;
在第一聚合等级AL对应的候选发送位置向该终端设备发送该控制信道;Sending the control channel to the terminal device at the candidate sending position corresponding to the first aggregation level AL;
采用第一DCI格式向该终端设备发送该控制信道;Sending the control channel to the terminal device in the first DCI format;
在第一控制资源集的时频资源上向该终端设备发送该控制信道;Sending the control channel to the terminal device on the time-frequency resource of the first control resource set;
在第一搜索空间上向该终端设备发送该控制信道;Sending the control channel to the terminal device in the first search space;
其中,其中,该第一AL、该第一DCI格式、该第一控制资源集、该第一搜索空间中的至少一个是预定义的或者是由信令配置的。Wherein, at least one of the first AL, the first DCI format, the first control resource set, and the first search space is predefined or configured by signaling.
在第二方面一种可能的实现方式中;预定义的或者是由信令配置的控制信道对应的第一AL的值大于或者等于8。In a possible implementation of the second aspect; the value of the first AL corresponding to the control channel that is predefined or configured by signaling is greater than or equal to 8.
在第二方面一种可能的实现方式中;该方法还包括:该网络设备根据该第一时域资源和偏移值,确定该第二时域资源,该偏移值为预定义的或者是由信令配置的。In a possible implementation of the second aspect; the method further includes: the network device determines the second time domain resource according to the first time domain resource and an offset value, where the offset value is predefined or Configured by signaling.
在第二方面一种可能的实现方式中,该指示信息包括时域偏移值,该时域偏移值用于指示该第三时域资源的时域位置;或者,该指示信息包括该第三时域资源的时域位置。In a possible implementation of the second aspect, the indication information includes a time domain offset value, and the time domain offset value is used to indicate the time domain position of the third time domain resource; or, the indication information includes the second 3. The time domain location of the time domain resource.
在第二方面一种可能的实现方式中,该时域偏移值包括:In a possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the time domain offset value includes:
第一时域偏移值、第二时域偏移值、第三时域偏移值中的至少一个,At least one of the first time domain offset value, the second time domain offset value, and the third time domain offset value,
该第一时域偏移值为该第一时域资源与该第三时域资源在时域上的偏移值;The first time domain offset value is an offset value of the first time domain resource and the third time domain resource in the time domain;
该第二时域偏移值为该第二时域资源与该第三时域资源在时域上的偏移值;The second time domain offset value is an offset value of the second time domain resource and the third time domain resource in the time domain;
该第三时域偏移值为第五时域资源与该第三时域资源在时域上偏移值,该第五时域资源在时域上位于该第二时域资源之后且位于该第三时域资源之前,该第五时域资源与该第二时域资源之间的偏移值,和/或,该第五时域资源与该第一时域资源之间的偏移值为预定义的或者是由信令配置的。The third time domain offset value is the offset value of the fifth time domain resource and the third time domain resource in the time domain, and the fifth time domain resource is located behind the second time domain resource in the time domain and is located in the Before the third time domain resource, the offset value between the fifth time domain resource and the second time domain resource, and/or, the offset value between the fifth time domain resource and the first time domain resource Pre-defined or configured by signaling.
在第二方面一种可能的实现方式中,第一时域偏移值、第二时域偏移值、第三时域偏 移值、第一时域资源与第二时域资源之间的时间偏移值、第五时域资源与第二时域资源之间的时间偏移值、或者第五时域资源与第一时域资源之间的时间偏移值可以利用DRX周期的个数来表示。In a possible implementation of the second aspect, the first time domain offset value, the second time domain offset value, the third time domain offset value, the difference between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource The time offset value, the time offset value between the fifth time domain resource and the second time domain resource, or the time offset value between the fifth time domain resource and the first time domain resource can use the number of DRX cycles To represent.
在第二方面一种可能的实现方式中,第一时域偏移值、第二时域偏移值、第三时域偏移值、第一时域资源与第二时域资源之间的时间偏移值、第五时域资源与第二时域资源之间的时间偏移值、或者第五时域资源与第一时域资源之间的时间偏移值可以利用DRX周期的个数来表示。In a possible implementation of the second aspect, the first time domain offset value, the second time domain offset value, the third time domain offset value, the difference between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource The time offset value, the time offset value between the fifth time domain resource and the second time domain resource, or the time offset value between the fifth time domain resource and the first time domain resource can use the number of DRX cycles To represent.
在第二方面一种可能的实现方式中,该指示信息包含于第一信息中,该第一信息用于触发该终端设备在非连续接收DRX状态下开启控制信息检测功能或者不开启控制信息检测功能,和/或,该第一信息用于触发该终端设备在非连续接收DRX状态下,停止对控制信息的检测或者不停止对控制信息的检测。In a possible implementation of the second aspect, the indication information is included in the first information, and the first information is used to trigger the terminal device to turn on the control information detection function or not to turn on the control information detection in the discontinuous reception DRX state The function, and/or, the first information is used to trigger the terminal device to stop the detection of control information or not to stop the detection of control information in the state of discontinuous reception of DRX.
在第二方面一种可能的实现方式中,第一信息可以包括WUS、PoSS、或者GTS信号等。In a possible implementation of the second aspect, the first information may include WUS, PoSS, or GTS signals.
在第二方面一种可能的实现方式中,该第一信号与时域偏移值存在对应关系,该时域偏移值用于该终端设备确定该第三时域资源。In a possible implementation manner of the second aspect, there is a correspondence between the first signal and a time domain offset value, and the time domain offset value is used by the terminal device to determine the third time domain resource.
在第二方面一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:该网络设备向该终端设备发送触发信息,该触发信息用于指示该终端设备根据该指示信息确定是否检测该DCI。In a possible implementation of the second aspect, the method further includes: the network device sends trigger information to the terminal device, where the trigger information is used to instruct the terminal device to determine whether to detect the DCI according to the instruction information.
在第二方面一种可能的实现方式中,该第一信号的类型或者个数与时域偏移值存在对应关系,该时域偏移值用于该终端设备确定该第三时域资源或者第四时域资源。在该实现方式中,通过利用第一信号的类型或者个数来指示时域偏移值,可以降低用于指示时域偏移值的信令开销,保证指示信息的传输可靠性。In a possible implementation of the second aspect, there is a correspondence between the type or number of the first signal and the time domain offset value, and the time domain offset value is used by the terminal device to determine the third time domain resource or The fourth time domain resource. In this implementation manner, by using the type or number of the first signal to indicate the time domain offset value, the signaling overhead for indicating the time domain offset value can be reduced, and the transmission reliability of the indication information can be ensured.
在第二方面一种可能的实现方式中,资源请求的类型与终端设备是否根据该指示信息确定是否检测该DCI的处理流程之间的存在对应关系。In a possible implementation manner of the second aspect, there is a correspondence between the type of the resource request and whether the terminal device determines whether to detect the processing flow of the DCI according to the indication information.
第三方面,提供了一种通信装置,该装置包括用于执行以上第一方面或第一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的各个步骤的单元。In a third aspect, a communication device is provided, which includes a unit for executing the steps in the above first aspect or any possible implementation of the first aspect.
第四方面,提供了一种通信装置,该装置包括用于执行以上第二方面或第二方面的任意可能的实现方式中的各个步骤的单元。In a fourth aspect, a communication device is provided, and the device includes a unit for executing each step in the above second aspect or any possible implementation manner of the second aspect.
第五方面,提供了一种通信装置,该装置包括至少一个处理器和存储器,该至少一个处理器用于执行以上第一方面或第一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。In a fifth aspect, a communication device is provided, the device includes at least one processor and a memory, and the at least one processor is configured to execute the above first aspect or the method in any possible implementation of the first aspect.
第六方面,提供了一种通信装置,该装置包括至少一个处理器和存储器,该至少一个处理器用于执行以上第二方面或第二方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。In a sixth aspect, a communication device is provided, the device includes at least one processor and a memory, and the at least one processor is configured to execute the above second aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect.
第七方面,提供了一种通信装置,该装置包括至少一个处理器和接口电路,该至少一个处理器用于执行以上第一方面或第一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。In a seventh aspect, a communication device is provided, which includes at least one processor and an interface circuit, and the at least one processor is configured to execute the above first aspect or the method in any possible implementation manner of the first aspect.
第八方面,提供了一种通信装置,该装置包括至少一个处理器和接口电路,该至少一个处理器用于执行以上第二方面或第二方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。In an eighth aspect, a communication device is provided. The device includes at least one processor and an interface circuit, and the at least one processor is configured to execute the above second aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect.
第九方面,提供了一种终端设备,该终端设备包括上述第三方面提供的通信装置,或者,该终端设备包括上述第五方面提供的通信装置,或者,该终端设备包括上述第七方面提供的通信装置。In a ninth aspect, a terminal device is provided, the terminal device includes the communication device provided in the third aspect, or the terminal device includes the communication device provided in the fifth aspect, or the terminal device includes the communication device provided in the seventh aspect.的通信装置。 Communication device.
第十方面,提供了一种网络设备,该网络设备包括上述第四方面提供的通信装置,或 者,该终端设备包括上述第六方面提供的通信装置,或者,该终端设备包括上述第八方面提供的通信装置。In a tenth aspect, a network device is provided, the network device includes the communication device provided in the foregoing fourth aspect, or the terminal device includes the communication device provided in the foregoing sixth aspect, or the terminal device includes the foregoing eighth aspect的通信装置。 Communication device.
第十一方面,提供了一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括计算机程序,该计算机程序在被处理器执行时,用于执行第一方面或第一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法,或者执行第二方面或第二方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。In an eleventh aspect, a computer program product is provided. The computer program product includes a computer program. When the computer program is executed by a processor, the computer program is used to execute the method in the first aspect or any possible implementation of the first aspect , Or execute the method in the second aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect.
第十二方面,提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序,当该计算机程序被执行时,用于执行第一方面或第一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法,或者执行第二方面或第二方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。In a twelfth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program, and when the computer program is executed, it is used to execute the first aspect or any possible implementation manner of the first aspect Or execute the method in the second aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect.
第十三方面,提供了一种通信系统,该通信系统包括上述的终端设备和网络设备。In a thirteenth aspect, a communication system is provided, and the communication system includes the aforementioned terminal device and network device.
第十四方面,提供了一种芯片,该芯片包括:处理器,用于从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,使得安装有所述芯片的通信设备执行第一方面或第一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法,或者执行第二方面或第二方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。In a fourteenth aspect, a chip is provided. The chip includes: a processor, configured to call and run a computer program from a memory, so that a communication device installed with the chip executes the first aspect or any possible aspect of the first aspect The method in the implementation manner, or the method in the second aspect or any possible implementation manner of the second aspect is executed.
本申请实施例提供的资源请求的方法,终端设备在发送资源请求之后,不会立即开始检测网络设备发送响应于该资源请求的DCI,而是先检测网络设备发送的指示信息,根据指示信息的指示确定是否需要开始检测网络设备发送的控制信息。可以减少终端设备检测控制信息的时间长度,节省终端设备的功耗,增加终端设备的使用寿命,提高用户体验。In the resource request method provided by the embodiment of the present application, after the terminal device sends the resource request, it does not immediately start to detect that the network device sends a DCI in response to the resource request, but first detects the instruction information sent by the network device, and according to the instruction information Indicate whether it is necessary to start detecting control information sent by the network device. The length of time for the terminal device to detect control information can be reduced, the power consumption of the terminal device can be saved, the service life of the terminal device can be increased, and the user experience can be improved.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1是一例适用于本申请实施例的移动通信系统的架构示意图。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an example of the architecture of a mobile communication system applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
图2是本申请实施例提供的一例资源请求的方法的示意性交互图。Fig. 2 is a schematic interaction diagram of an example of a resource request method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图3是本申请实施例提供的另一例资源请求的方法的示意性交互图。Fig. 3 is a schematic interaction diagram of another example of a resource request method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图4是本申请实施例提供的一例多个第二时域资源的示意图。FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of an example of multiple second time domain resources provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图5是本申请实施例提供的另一例多个第二时域资源的示意图。FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of another example of multiple second time domain resources provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图6所示的为本申请实施例提供的一例第一时域资源、第二时域资源、第三时域资源、第五时域资源的示意图。FIG. 6 shows a schematic diagram of an example of a first time domain resource, a second time domain resource, a third time domain resource, and a fifth time domain resource provided by an embodiment of this application.
图7是本申请实施例提供的另一例资源请求的方法的示意性交互图。FIG. 7 is a schematic interaction diagram of another example of a resource request method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图8是本申请实施例提供的又一例资源请求的方法的示意性交互图。FIG. 8 is a schematic interaction diagram of another example of a resource request method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图9是本申请实施例提供的通信装置的示意性框图。FIG. 9 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图10是本申请实施例提供的另一例通信装置的示意性框图。FIG. 10 is a schematic block diagram of another example of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图11是本申请实施例提供的又一例通信装置的示意性框图。FIG. 11 is a schematic block diagram of another example of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图12是本申请实施例提供的另一例通信装置的示意性框图。FIG. 12 is a schematic block diagram of another example of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图13是本申请实施例提供的终端设备的示意性框图。FIG. 13 is a schematic block diagram of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图14是本申请实施例提供的另一例终端设备的示意性框图。FIG. 14 is a schematic block diagram of another example of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application.
图15是本申请实施例提供的网络设备的示意性框图。FIG. 15 is a schematic block diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式detailed description
下面将结合附图,对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solution in this application will be described below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings.
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:全球移动通讯(Global System of Mobile communication,GSM)系统、码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access, CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access,WCDMA)系统、通用分组无线业务(General Packet Radio Service,GPRS)、长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(Frequency Division Duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(Time Division Duplex,TDD)、通用移动通信系统(Universal Mobile Telecommunication System,UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access,WiMAX)通信系统、未来的第五代(5th Generation,5G)系统、新无线(New Radio,NR)或未来的其他类型的通信系统等。The technical solutions of the embodiments of this application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: Global System of Mobile Communication (GSM) system, Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA) system, and Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (Wideband Code Division Multiple Access, WCDMA) system, General Packet Radio Service (GPRS), Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, LTE Frequency Division Duplex (FDD) system, LTE Time Division Duplex (TDD), Universal Mobile Telecommunication System (UMTS), Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access (WiMAX) communication system, the future 5th Generation (5th Generation, 5G) system, New Radio (NR) or other types of communication systems in the future.
本申请实施例中的终端设备可以指用户设备、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。终端设备还可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(Session Initiation Protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(Wireless Local Loop,WLL)站、个人数字处理(Personal Digital Assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备,未来5G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的公用陆地移动通信网络(Public Land Mobile Network,PLMN)中的终端设备等,本申请实施例对此并不限定。The terminal equipment in the embodiments of this application may refer to user equipment, access terminals, user units, user stations, mobile stations, mobile stations, remote stations, remote terminals, mobile equipment, user terminals, terminals, wireless communication equipment, user agents, or User device. The terminal device can also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (Wireless Local Loop, WLL) station, a personal digital processing (Personal Digital Assistant, PDA), and wireless communication. Functional handheld devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in the future 5G network or future evolution of the public land mobile network (Public Land Mobile Network, PLMN) Terminal equipment, etc., which are not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
本申请实施例中的网络设备可以是用于与终端设备通信的设备,该网络设备可以是全球移动通讯(Global System of Mobile communication,GSM)系统或码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access,CDMA)中的基站(Base Transceiver Station,BTS),也可以是宽带码分多址(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access,WCDMA)系统中的基站(NodeB,NB),还可以是LTE系统中的演进型基站(Evolutional NodeB,eNB或eNodeB),还可以是云无线接入网络(Cloud Radio Access Network,CRAN)场景下的无线控制器,或者该网络设备可以为中继站、接入点、车载设备、可穿戴设备以及未来5G网络中的网络设备、未来演进的PLMN网络中的网络设备或未来的其他类型的通信系统中的网络设备等,本申请实施例并不限定。The network device in the embodiment of the application may be a device used to communicate with terminal devices. The network device may be a Global System of Mobile Communication (GSM) system or Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA) The base station (Base Transceiver Station, BTS) in the LTE system can also be the base station (NodeB, NB) in the Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA) system, or the evolved base station (Evolutional Base Station) in the LTE system. NodeB, eNB or eNodeB), it can also be a wireless controller in the cloud radio access network (Cloud Radio Access Network, CRAN) scenario, or the network device can be a relay station, an access point, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device, and the future The network equipment in the 5G network, the network equipment in the future evolved PLMN network, or the network equipment in other types of communication systems in the future, etc., are not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
在本申请实施例中,终端设备或网络设备包括硬件层、运行在硬件层之上的操作系统层,以及运行在操作系统层上的应用层。该硬件层包括中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU)、内存管理单元(memory management unit,MMU)和内存(也称为主存)等硬件。该操作系统可以是任意一种或多种通过进程(process)实现业务处理的计算机操作系统,例如,Linux操作系统、Unix操作系统、Android操作系统、iOS操作系统或windows操作系统等。该应用层包含浏览器、通讯录、文字处理软件、即时通信软件等应用。并且,本申请实施例并未对本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体的具体结构特别限定,只要能够通过运行记录有本申请实施例的提供的方法的代码的程序,以根据本申请实施例提供的方法进行通信即可,例如,本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体可以是终端设备或网络设备,或者,是终端设备或网络设备中能够调用程序并执行程序的功能模块。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device or the network device includes a hardware layer, an operating system layer running on the hardware layer, and an application layer running on the operating system layer. The hardware layer includes hardware such as a central processing unit (CPU), a memory management unit (MMU), and memory (also referred to as main memory). The operating system may be any one or more computer operating systems that implement business processing through processes, for example, Linux operating systems, Unix operating systems, Android operating systems, iOS operating systems or windows operating systems. The application layer includes applications such as browsers, address books, word processing software, and instant messaging software. Moreover, the embodiments of the application do not specifically limit the specific structure of the execution body of the method provided in the embodiments of the application, as long as the program that records the codes of the methods provided in the embodiments of the application can be provided in accordance with the embodiments of the application. For example, the execution subject of the method provided in the embodiments of the present application may be a terminal device or a network device, or a functional module in the terminal device or the network device that can call and execute the program.
另外,本申请的各个方面或特征可以实现成方法、装置或使用标准编程和/或工程技术的制品。本申请中使用的术语“制品”涵盖可从任何计算机可读器件、载体或介质访问的计算机程序。例如,计算机可读介质可以包括,但不限于:磁存储器件(例如,硬盘、软盘或磁带等),光盘(例如,压缩盘(compact disc,CD)、数字通用盘(digital versatile disc,DVD)等),智能卡和闪存器件(例如,可擦写可编程只读存储器(erasable programmable  read-only memory,EPROM)、卡、棒或钥匙驱动器等)。另外,本文描述的各种存储介质可代表用于存储信息的一个或多个设备和/或其它机器可读介质。术语“机器可读介质”可包括但不限于,无线信道和能够存储、包含和/或承载指令和/或数据的各种其它介质。In addition, various aspects or features of the present application can be implemented as methods, devices, or products using standard programming and/or engineering techniques. The term "article of manufacture" used in this application encompasses a computer program accessible from any computer-readable device, carrier, or medium. For example, computer-readable media may include, but are not limited to: magnetic storage devices (for example, hard disks, floppy disks, or tapes, etc.), optical disks (for example, compact discs (CD), digital versatile discs (DVD)) Etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (for example, erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), cards, sticks or key drives, etc.). In addition, various storage media described herein may represent one or more devices and/or other machine-readable media for storing information. The term "machine-readable medium" may include, but is not limited to, wireless channels and various other media capable of storing, containing, and/or carrying instructions and/or data.
5G移动通信系统致力于支持更高的系统性能,支持多种业务类型、不同部署场景和更宽的频谱范围。其中,多种业务类型包括增强移动宽带(enhanced mobile broadband,eMBB)、海量机器类型通信(massive machine type communication,mMTC)、超可靠低延迟通信(ultra-reliable and low-latency communications,URLLC)等。The 5G mobile communication system is committed to supporting higher system performance, supporting multiple service types, different deployment scenarios, and a wider spectrum range. Among them, multiple service types include enhanced mobile broadband (eMBB), massive machine type communication (mMTC), ultra-reliable and low-latency communications (URLLC), etc.
机器类型通信为万物互联的基础之一,对于机器类型通信服务而言,机器(以终端设备为例进行说明)的待机时间是用户体验的一个重要方面,一般而言,终端设备的待机时间越长,该终端设备可供使用的时间就越长,等效于用户使用该终端设备时的付出成本就越低,此外,在有些机器通信场景下,例如安装在地下室的水表等设备,不利用于更换供电设备,在这种情况下更需要保证终端设备的待机时间。因此,从用户体验角度,降低终端设备的功耗,保证终端设备的待机时间,在通信研究中具有重要的意义。Machine-type communication is one of the foundations of the Internet of Everything. For machine-type communication services, the standby time of a machine (using terminal equipment as an example) is an important aspect of user experience. Generally speaking, the standby time of a terminal device is The longer, the longer the terminal equipment can be used, the lower the cost equivalent to the user’s use of the terminal equipment. In addition, in some machine communication scenarios, such as water meters installed in the basement, they are not used. In order to replace the power supply equipment, in this case, it is more necessary to ensure the standby time of the terminal equipment. Therefore, from the perspective of user experience, reducing the power consumption of terminal equipment and ensuring the standby time of terminal equipment is of great significance in communication research.
目前,当终端设备有上行数据传输需求时,可以在预配置或者预定义的资源上向网络设备发送SR,网络设备在接收到终端设备发送的SR之后,可以决定何时为该终端设备调度上行传输资源,以使得终端设备可以使用调度的上行传输资源发送上行数据。由于网络设备需要服务多个终端设备,一般而言,网络设备可以根据目前业务负载情况、等待调度的传输数据对应的调度优先级等多种因素,确定被调度数据传输的终端设备。例如,如果待调度的传输数据对时延敏感,则一般对应的调度优先级比较高。这也就导致了当终端设备发送SR之后,可能会在一段时间之后才接收到网络设备发送的DCI,该DCI中包括网络设备为该终端设备调度的上行传输资源的配置信息。此外,由于终端设备无法获知网络设备何时发送DCI调度自己数据传输,因此终端设备在发送SR之后,会立即进入激活(Active)状态,当终端设备处于激活状态时,会一直检测DCI。在有些情况下,网络设备可能漏检测了该终端设备的SR。进而导致终端设备虽然不停的检测DCI但始终检测不到,造成额外的功耗。为了防止这种情况的发生,终端设备在发送SR之后,会启动一个定时器(timer),如果在该定时器内终端设备都没有检测到调度自己上行数据的DCI(例如上行授权(uplink grant,UL grant),则会重新在预配置的资源上发送SR。此外,除了有上述的定时器,终端设备在发送SR之后,还会启动一个SR的最大传输次数计数器(Counter),如果终端设备发送SR达到最大次数,仍然没有收到网络设备对于该SR的响应(例如调度上行数据传输的DCI),则终端设备会利用随机接入信道(random access channel,RACH)重新发起随机接入。At present, when a terminal device has uplink data transmission requirements, it can send an SR to the network device on a pre-configured or predefined resource. After receiving the SR sent by the terminal device, the network device can decide when to schedule the uplink for the terminal device. Transmission resources, so that the terminal device can use the scheduled uplink transmission resources to send uplink data. Since the network device needs to serve multiple terminal devices, in general, the network device can determine the terminal device to be scheduled for data transmission according to various factors such as the current service load situation and the scheduling priority corresponding to the transmission data waiting to be scheduled. For example, if the transmission data to be scheduled is sensitive to delay, the corresponding scheduling priority is generally higher. This also results in that after the terminal device sends the SR, it may not receive the DCI sent by the network device until a period of time later, and the DCI includes the configuration information of the uplink transmission resource scheduled by the network device for the terminal device. In addition, since the terminal device cannot know when the network device sends the DCI to schedule its own data transmission, the terminal device immediately enters the Active state after sending the SR. When the terminal device is in the active state, it will always detect the DCI. In some cases, the network device may miss the SR of the terminal device. As a result, although the terminal device constantly detects the DCI, it cannot be detected all the time, resulting in additional power consumption. In order to prevent this from happening, the terminal device will start a timer after sending the SR. If the terminal device does not detect the DCI for scheduling its own uplink data within the timer (for example, uplink grant, UL grant), it will re-send the SR on the pre-configured resource. In addition, in addition to the above timer, after the terminal device sends the SR, it will also start a SR maximum transmission counter (Counter), if the terminal device sends When the SR reaches the maximum number of times, and the network device still does not receive a response to the SR (for example, DCI for scheduling uplink data transmission), the terminal device will use a random access channel (RACH) to re-initiate random access.
由于终端设备发送SR后,就会一直处于检测DCI的状态,而网络设备何时对该SR响应(即发送调度该终端设备上行数据的控制信息)是不确定的,因此造成终端设备功耗,进而影响终端设备的使用寿命,影响用户体验。尤其在mMTC场景中,由于终端设备数量比较多,且每个终端设备对于数据传输时延不敏感,所以更容易出现终端设备发送SR之后,网络设备不会立即响应的情况。严重的增加了终端设备的功耗,影响终端设备的使用寿命。After the terminal device sends the SR, it will always be in the state of detecting the DCI, and when the network device will respond to the SR (that is, send the control information for scheduling the terminal device's uplink data) is uncertain, which causes the power consumption of the terminal device. This in turn affects the service life of terminal equipment and user experience. Especially in the mMTC scenario, since the number of terminal devices is relatively large and each terminal device is not sensitive to the data transmission delay, it is more likely that the network device will not respond immediately after the terminal device sends the SR. Seriously increase the power consumption of the terminal equipment and affect the service life of the terminal equipment.
有鉴于此,本申请提供了一种资源请求的方法,终端设备在发送资源请求之后,不会立即开始检测网络设备发送响应于该资源请求的控制信息(例如DCI),而是先检测网络 设备发送的指示信息,根据指示信息的指示确定是否需要开始检测网络设备发送的控制信息。可以减少终端设备检测控制信息的时间长度,节省终端设备的功耗,增加终端设备的使用寿命,提高用户体验。In view of this, this application provides a resource request method. After the terminal device sends the resource request, it does not immediately start to detect that the network device sends control information (such as DCI) in response to the resource request, but first detects the network device The sent instruction information determines whether it is necessary to start detecting the control information sent by the network device according to the instruction of the instruction information. The length of time for the terminal device to detect control information can be reduced, the power consumption of the terminal device can be saved, the service life of the terminal device can be increased, and the user experience can be improved.
为便于理解本申请实施例,首先结合图1简单介绍适用于本申请实施例的通信系统。In order to facilitate the understanding of the embodiments of the present application, firstly, a communication system suitable for the embodiments of the present application will be briefly introduced with reference to FIG. 1.
图1是适用于本申请实施例的资源请求的方法的通信系统100的示意图。如图1所示,该通信系统100包括四个通信设备,例如,网络设备110,终端设备121至123。其中,终端设备和终端设备可以通过车辆对其他设备(vehicle to everything,V2X)或者设备到设备(device to device,D2D)通信方式进行数据传输。终端设备和终端设备之间的链路可以称为侧行链路。网络设备110与终端设备121至123中的至少一个之间可以进行数据通信。例如,终端设备121至123中的任意一个需要向网络设备发送上行数据时,终端设备121至123中任意一个终端设备与网络设备110之间传输下行控制信息时,可以通过本申请实施例的资源请求的方法进行传输资源请求。当然,终端设备121向终端设备123发送侧行数据时,终端设备121与网络设备110之间传输下行控制信息时,也可以通过本申请实施例的资源请求的方法进行的传输资源请求。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system 100 applicable to the resource request method of an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 1, the communication system 100 includes four communication devices, for example, a network device 110 and terminal devices 121 to 123. Among them, the terminal device and the terminal device can transmit data through a vehicle-to-everything (V2X) or device-to-device (D2D) communication method. The link between the terminal device and the terminal device can be called a side link. Data communication may be performed between the network device 110 and at least one of the terminal devices 121 to 123. For example, when any one of the terminal devices 121 to 123 needs to send uplink data to the network device, when any one of the terminal devices 121 to 123 transmits downlink control information to the network device 110, the resources in the embodiment of this application can be used The requested method makes a transmission resource request. Of course, when the terminal device 121 sends sideline data to the terminal device 123, when the terminal device 121 and the network device 110 transmit downlink control information, the transmission resource request may also be performed through the resource request method in the embodiment of the present application.
应理解,图1所示的通信系统中还可以包括更多的网络节点,例如终端设备或网络设备,图1所示的通信系统中包括的网络设备或者终端设备可以是上述各种形式的网络设备或者终端设备。本申请实施例在图中不再一一示出。It should be understood that the communication system shown in FIG. 1 may also include more network nodes, such as terminal devices or network devices, and the network devices or terminal devices included in the communication system shown in FIG. 1 may be the aforementioned various forms of networks. Equipment or terminal equipment. The embodiments of the present application are not shown one by one in the figure.
下面结合图2详细说明本申请提供的资源请求的方法,图2是本申请一个实施例的资源请求的方法200的示意性交互图,该方法200可以应用在图1所示的场景中,当然也可以应用在其他通信场景中,本申请实施例在此不作限制。The method for requesting resources provided by this application will be described in detail below with reference to FIG. 2. FIG. 2 is a schematic interaction diagram of a method 200 for requesting resources according to an embodiment of the present application. The method 200 can be applied to the scenario shown in FIG. 1, of course. It can also be applied in other communication scenarios, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit it here.
还应理解,在本申请实施例中,以终端设备和网络设备作为执行方法的执行主体为例,对方法进行说明。作为示例而非限定,执行方法的执行主体也可以是应用于终端设备和网络设备的芯片、芯片系统、或处理器等。It should also be understood that, in the embodiments of the present application, a terminal device and a network device are taken as an example of an execution subject of the execution method to describe the method. As an example and not a limitation, the execution subject of the execution method may also be a chip, a chip system, or a processor applied to a terminal device and a network device.
如图2所示,图2中示出的方法200可以包括S210至S230。下面结合图2详细说明方法200中的各个步骤。As shown in FIG. 2, the method 200 shown in FIG. 2 may include S210 to S230. Each step in the method 200 will be described in detail below with reference to FIG. 2.
S210,终端设备在第一时域资源上向网络设备发送资源请求,该资源请求用于请求数据传输资源。相应的,网络设备在第一时域资源上接收该资源请求。S210: The terminal device sends a resource request to the network device on the first time domain resource, where the resource request is used to request data transmission resources. Correspondingly, the network device receives the resource request on the first time domain resource.
S220,该网络设备在第二时域资源上向该终端设备发送指示信息。该指示信息用于指示第三时域资源,该第三时域资源上承载用于调度该数据传输资源的DCI;或者,该指示信息用于指示第四时域资源,该第四时域资源上不承载用于调度该数据传输资源的DCI;或者,该指示信息用于指示该终端设备在第三时域资源上检测或者不检测响应于该资源请求的DCI。S220: The network device sends indication information to the terminal device on the second time domain resource. The indication information is used to indicate the third time domain resource, and the third time domain resource carries the DCI used to schedule the data transmission resource; or, the indication information is used to indicate the fourth time domain resource, the fourth time domain resource The DCI used to schedule the data transmission resource is not carried on it; or, the indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to detect or not to detect the DCI in response to the resource request on the third time domain resource.
S230,该终端设备在第二时域资源上接收该指示信息,并根据该指示信息,确定在第三时域资源上检测该DCI;或者确定在第三时域资源上不检测该DCI;或者确定在该第四时域资源上不检测该DCI。S230: The terminal device receives the indication information on the second time domain resource, and according to the indication information, determines to detect the DCI on the third time domain resource; or determines not to detect the DCI on the third time domain resource; or It is determined not to detect the DCI on the fourth time domain resource.
应理解,在本申请实施例中,终端设备确定在第三时域资源上检测该DCI,可以包括:终端设备在第三时域资源上检测DCI,或者,或者终端设备从第三时域资源的起始位置(起始时域资源)开始检测DCI。终端设备在第三时域资源上检测DCI可以理解为终端设备在第三时域资源所占的一段时域资源上(例如时隙n)检测DCI,即在一段时间段内(例如 时隙n)检测DCI。终端设备从第三时域资源开始的时域资源上开始检测DCI可以理解为终端设备在第三时域资源起始位置开始检测DCI,即定义了终端设备检测DCI的开始时刻。在这种情况下,终端设备检测DCI的持续时间长度可以是预定义或者是预配置的,或者,终端设备检测DCI的结束时刻可以是预定义或者是预配置的。It should be understood that, in the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device determining to detect the DCI on the third time domain resource may include: the terminal device detects the DCI on the third time domain resource, or, or the terminal device obtains the DCI from the third time domain resource. Start detecting DCI at the starting position (starting time domain resource). The terminal device detecting DCI on the third time domain resource can be understood as the terminal device detecting DCI on a period of time domain resources (such as time slot n) occupied by the third time domain resource, that is, in a period of time (such as time slot n). ) Detect DCI. The terminal device starts to detect the DCI from the time domain resource starting from the third time domain resource. It can be understood that the terminal device starts to detect the DCI at the start position of the third time domain resource, that is, the start time of the terminal device to detect the DCI is defined. In this case, the duration of the terminal device detecting the DCI may be predefined or pre-configured, or the end time of the terminal device detecting the DCI may be predefined or pre-configured.
可选的,终端设备检测DCI的持续时间长度可以利用绝对时间长度(例如单位为毫秒(ms)、微秒(μs)等)表示,也可以通过时域资源单位(例如时隙、子帧、符号等)的个数来表示。可选的,时域资源单位的个数可以是预定义或者是预配置的。Optionally, the duration of the terminal device detecting DCI can be expressed in absolute time length (for example, in milliseconds (ms), microseconds (μs), etc.), or can be expressed in time domain resource units (for example, time slots, subframes, Symbols, etc.). Optionally, the number of time domain resource units may be pre-defined or pre-configured.
可选的,终端设备检测DCI的结束时刻可以利用绝对时刻(例如单位为毫秒(ms)、微秒(μs)等)表示,或者,也可以通过检测DCI的结束时刻对应的时域资源来表征。可选的,检测DCI的结束时刻对应的时域资源可以是预定义的或者是预配置的。例如,如果资源请求是周期性发送的,假设资源请求的发送周期为3个时隙,第一时域资源对应第N个时隙,则检测DCI的结束时刻对应的时域资源可以是下一次发送资源请求(第N+3个时隙)之前的时隙,例如可以为第N+2个时隙。Optionally, the terminal device detecting the end time of DCI can be represented by an absolute time (for example, in milliseconds (ms), microseconds (μs), etc.), or can also be characterized by time domain resources corresponding to the end time of detecting DCI . Optionally, the time domain resource corresponding to the end time of detecting the DCI may be pre-defined or pre-configured. For example, if the resource request is sent periodically, assuming that the sending period of the resource request is 3 time slots, and the first time domain resource corresponds to the Nth time slot, the time domain resource corresponding to the end time of detecting DCI can be the next time The time slot before the resource request (the N+3th time slot) is sent, for example, may be the N+2th time slot.
类似的,在本申请实施例中,终端设备确定在第三时域资源上不检测该DCI,或者,确定在第四时域资源上不检测该DCI,可以包括:终端设备在第三时域资源上或者第四时域资源上不检测DCI,或者终端设备从第三时域资源或者第四时域资源的起始位置开始,不检测DCI。Similarly, in the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device determining not to detect the DCI on the third time domain resource, or determining not to detect the DCI on the fourth time domain resource, may include: the terminal device is in the third time domain DCI is not detected on the resource or the fourth time domain resource, or the terminal device starts from the start position of the third time domain resource or the fourth time domain resource, and does not detect DCI.
以终端设备确定在第三时域资源上不检测该DCI为例进行说明。终端设备在第三时域资源上不检测DCI可以理解为终端设备在第三时域资源所占的一段时域资源上(例如时隙n)不检测DCI,即在一段时间段内(例如时隙n)不检测DCI。终端设备从第三时域资源的起始位置开始,不检测DCI可以理解为:终端设备从第三时域资源起始位置开始,不检测DCI,即定义了终端设备不检测DCI的开始时刻。在这种情况下,终端设备不检测DCI的持续时间长度可以是预定义或者是预配置的,或者,终端设备不检测DCI的结束时刻可以是预定义或者是预配置的。Take the terminal device determining not to detect the DCI on the third time domain resource as an example for description. The terminal device not detecting DCI on the third time domain resource can be understood as the terminal device not detecting DCI on a period of time domain resources (for example, time slot n) occupied by the third time domain resource, that is, during a period of time (for example, time slot n). Slot n) does not detect DCI. The terminal device starts from the start position of the third time domain resource and does not detect DCI can be understood as: the terminal device starts from the start position of the third time domain resource and does not detect DCI, that is, the start time when the terminal device does not detect DCI is defined. In this case, the duration of time that the terminal device does not detect DCI may be predefined or pre-configured, or the end time when the terminal device does not detect DCI may be predefined or pre-configured.
在S210中,当终端设备有上行数据传输需求时,或者,终端设备侧行数据传输需求时,终端设备可以在第一时域资源上向网络设备发送资源请求,资源请求可以用于请求上行数据的传输资源或者请求侧行数据的传输资源。不同终端设备之间的通信链路可以称之为侧行链路(sidelink,SL)。侧行数据可以是该终端设备向另一终端设备在侧行链路上发送的数据。例如,设备到设备(device to device,D2D)通信之间的链路可以视为侧行链路,车辆对其他设备(vehicle to everything,V2X)可以看成是D2D通信的一种特殊情形。该终端设备可以是V2X或者D2D中的终端设备。在本申请实施例中,该资源请求例如可以是SR或者是缓存状态报告(buffer status report,BSR),或者还可以是其他用于请求传输资源的信令或者信息。本申请对于资源请求的具体形式不做限制。In S210, when the terminal device has an uplink data transmission request, or when the terminal device has a side data transmission request, the terminal device may send a resource request to the network device on the first time domain resource, and the resource request may be used to request uplink data The transmission resource or the transmission resource for requesting side-line data. The communication link between different terminal devices may be referred to as a sidelink (SL). The sideline data may be data sent by the terminal device to another terminal device on the sideline link. For example, a device-to-device (D2D) communication link can be regarded as a side link, and a vehicle-to-everything (V2X) can be regarded as a special case of D2D communication. The terminal device may be a terminal device in V2X or D2D. In the embodiment of the present application, the resource request may be, for example, an SR or a buffer status report (buffer status report, BSR), or may also be other signaling or information for requesting transmission resources. This application does not limit the specific form of the resource request.
第一时域资源所占的时域位置可以是预定义的或者是由信令配置的。可选的,该资源请求可以包括以下至少一项:终端设备传输数据(例如侧行数据或者上行数据)的大小、传输数据时使用的时频资源、调制方式、编码方式等。可选的,终端设备可以通过物理上行信道发送该资源请求,物理上行信道例如可以为物理上行控制信道(physical uplink control channel,PUCCH)或者物理上行共享信道(physical uplink shared channel,PUSCH)。相应的,网络设备在第一时域资源上接收该资源请求。The time domain position occupied by the first time domain resource may be predefined or configured by signaling. Optionally, the resource request may include at least one of the following: the size of the data transmitted by the terminal device (for example, sideline data or uplink data), the time-frequency resource used when transmitting the data, the modulation mode, and the coding mode. Optionally, the terminal device may send the resource request through a physical uplink channel. The physical uplink channel may be, for example, a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) or a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH). Correspondingly, the network device receives the resource request on the first time domain resource.
在S220中,网络设备在第一时域资源上接收到该资源请求后,可以根据该资源请求,决定是否为该终端设备分配数据传输的资源、为该终端设备分配多少资源、何时为该终端设备分配数据传输资源等。网络设备可以向终端设备通知是否为该终端设备分配数据传输资源。因此,网络设备在第二时域资源上向该终端设备发送指示信息。In S220, after receiving the resource request on the first time domain resource, the network device can determine whether to allocate data transmission resources for the terminal device, how much resources to allocate for the terminal device, and when to allocate the data transmission resource for the terminal device according to the resource request. The terminal equipment allocates data transmission resources and so on. The network device can notify the terminal device whether to allocate data transmission resources for the terminal device. Therefore, the network device sends the indication information to the terminal device on the second time domain resource.
对于指示信息,有如下两种可能的实现方式:For the instruction information, there are two possible implementation methods as follows:
一种可能的实现方式为:该指示信息用于指示该终端设备在第三时域资源上检测响应于该资源请求的控制信息(下文以DCI为例进行说明),或者指示该终端设备在第三时域资源上不检测响应于该资源请求的DCI。A possible implementation is: the indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to detect the control information in response to the resource request on the third time domain resource (the DCI is taken as an example below), or to indicate that the terminal device is in the third time domain. Three time domain resources do not detect the DCI in response to the resource request.
另一种可能的实现方式为:该指示信息用于指示承载DCI的第三时域资源,该DCI用于调度该数据传输资源,或者,该指示信息用于指示第四时域资源,该第四时域资源上不承载用于调度该数据传输资源的DCI。其中,第三时域资源可以为预定义或者预配置的承载该DCI的时域资源,第四时域资源可以为预定义或者预配置的不承载该DCI的时域资源。也就是说,该指示信息可以只向终端设备指示第三时域资源或者第四时域资源即可。终端设备接收到该指示信息后,确定了第三时域资源或者第四时域资源,可以在第三时域资源上检测该DCI,或者在第四时域资源上不检测该DCI。Another possible implementation is: the indication information is used to indicate the third time domain resource that carries the DCI, and the DCI is used to schedule the data transmission resource, or the indication information is used to indicate the fourth time domain resource, the first Fourth, the DCI used to schedule the data transmission resource is not carried on the time domain resource. The third time domain resource may be a predefined or preconfigured time domain resource that carries the DCI, and the fourth time domain resource may be a predefined or preconfigured time domain resource that does not carry the DCI. That is, the indication information may only indicate the third time domain resource or the fourth time domain resource to the terminal device. After receiving the indication information, the terminal device determines the third time domain resource or the fourth time domain resource, and may detect the DCI on the third time domain resource or not detect the DCI on the fourth time domain resource.
相应的,该终端设备在第二时域资源上接收指示信息。该控制信息可以理解为网络设备响应于该资源请求的上行调度授权(UL grant),例如,该控制信息可以是DCI。该控制信息可以包括:是否允许终端设备传输数据、终端设备传输数据时使用的时间和/或频率资源、终端设备传输数据时使用的调制方式、终端设备传输数据时使用的编码码率、终端设备传输数据时的功率信息中的一种或者多种。其中,第一时域资源在时域上早于第二时域资源,第二时域资源在时域上早于第三时域资源。应该理解的是,该控制信息还可以是其他用于向终端设备指示数据传输的资源的信息或者信令等。本申请实施例在此不作限制。Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the indication information on the second time domain resource. The control information may be understood as an uplink scheduling grant (UL grant) of the network device in response to the resource request. For example, the control information may be DCI. The control information may include: whether the terminal device is allowed to transmit data, the time and/or frequency resources used by the terminal device when transmitting data, the modulation method used by the terminal device when transmitting data, the coding rate used by the terminal device when transmitting data, and the terminal device One or more of the power information when transmitting data. The first time domain resource is earlier than the second time domain resource in the time domain, and the second time domain resource is earlier than the third time domain resource in the time domain. It should be understood that the control information may also be other information or signaling used to indicate data transmission resources to the terminal device. The embodiments of the application are not limited here.
在S230中,终端设备在第二时域资源上接收指示信息,并根据指示信息,确定在第三时域资源上检测或者不检测该DCI。或者,终端设备根据指示信息,确定第三时域资源或者第四时域资源,然后在第三时域资源上检测该DCI,或者在第四时域资源上不检测该DCI。In S230, the terminal device receives the indication information on the second time domain resource, and according to the indication information, determines whether to detect or not to detect the DCI on the third time domain resource. Alternatively, the terminal device determines the third time domain resource or the fourth time domain resource according to the instruction information, and then detects the DCI on the third time domain resource, or does not detect the DCI on the fourth time domain resource.
终端设备在第二时域资源上接收指示信息可以理解终端设备在第二时域资源上通过检测获取到或者接收到该指示信息。例如,如果接收到的指示信息指示终端设备在第三时域资源上检测该DCI,则终端设备才会在第三时域资源的起始时间(时刻)开始检测DCI。如果接收到的指示信息指示终端设备在第三时域资源上不检测该DCI,则终端设备不会在第三时域资源上检测DCI。或者,如果指示信息用于指示第三时域资源或者第四时域资源,则终端设备检测到的指示信息,可以在第三时域资源上检测该DCI,或者在第四时域资源上不检测该DCI。When the terminal device receives the indication information on the second time domain resource, it can be understood that the terminal device has acquired or received the indication information through detection on the second time domain resource. For example, if the received indication information indicates that the terminal device detects the DCI on the third time domain resource, the terminal device will start to detect the DCI at the start time (moment) of the third time domain resource. If the received indication information indicates that the terminal device does not detect the DCI on the third time domain resource, the terminal device will not detect the DCI on the third time domain resource. Or, if the indication information is used to indicate the third time domain resource or the fourth time domain resource, the indication information detected by the terminal device may detect the DCI on the third time domain resource or not on the fourth time domain resource. Check the DCI.
可选的,终端设备在第二时域资源上接收指示信息也可以理解终端设备在第二时域资源上检测该指示信息,但是检测的结果包括检测到该指示信息或者检测不到该指示信息。例如,如果终端设备在第二时域资源上检测到了指示信息,则终端设备会在第三时域资源的起始时间(时刻)开始检测DCI,或者在第四时域资源上不检测DCI。如果终端设备在第二时域资源上没有检测到指示信息,则终端设备不会在第三时域资源上检测DCI。Optionally, when the terminal device receives the indication information on the second time domain resource, it can also be understood that the terminal device detects the indication information on the second time domain resource, but the detection result includes the indication information is detected or the indication information is not detected. . For example, if the terminal device detects the indication information on the second time domain resource, the terminal device will start to detect DCI at the start time (moment) of the third time domain resource, or not detect DCI on the fourth time domain resource. If the terminal device does not detect the indication information on the second time domain resource, the terminal device will not detect the DCI on the third time domain resource.
终端设备在第三时域资源上检测该DCI可以理解为终端设备在第三时域资源上通过检测获取到或者接收到该DCI。或者,终端设备在第三时域资源上检测该DCI可以理解为终端设备在第三时域资源上检测该DCI,但是检测的结果包括检测到该DCI或者检测不到该DCI。The terminal device detecting the DCI on the third time domain resource may be understood as the terminal device acquiring or receiving the DCI through detection on the third time domain resource. Alternatively, the terminal device detecting the DCI on the third time domain resource may be understood as the terminal device detecting the DCI on the third time domain resource, but the detection result includes detecting the DCI or not detecting the DCI.
本申请提供的资源请求的方法,终端设备在第一时域资源上发送资源请求之后,不会立即开始检测网络设备发送的响应于该资源请求的DCI,而是在第二时域资源上接收的指示信息,根据指示信息的指示确定是否需要在第三时域资源上检测网络设备发送的DCI。在第一时域资源到第二时域资源之间的时间间隔、以及第二时域资源到第三时域资源之间的时间间隔内,终端设备不用检测网络设备发送的DCI,可以节省终端设备的功耗,增加终端设备的使用寿命,提高用户体验。In the resource request method provided in this application, after the terminal device sends the resource request on the first time domain resource, it will not immediately start to detect the DCI sent by the network device in response to the resource request, but will receive it on the second time domain resource. According to the indication information of the indication information, it is determined whether it is necessary to detect the DCI sent by the network device on the third time domain resource. In the time interval between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource and the time interval between the second time domain resource and the third time domain resource, the terminal device does not need to detect the DCI sent by the network device, which can save the terminal The power consumption of the equipment increases the service life of the terminal equipment and improves the user experience.
应理解,本申请实施例中,第一时域资源、第二时域资源、第三时域资源、第四时域资源可以理解为四个时间段、四个时间窗或者四个时间单元。第一时域资源、第二时域资源、第三时域资源或者第四时域资源的时间长度可以是一个或多个子帧;或者,也可以是一个或多个时隙;或者,也可以是一个或多个符号;或者也可是一个绝对时间长度(例如,单位为微秒(μs)、毫秒(ms)等)。符号也称为时域符号,可以是正交频分复用(orthogonal frequency division multiplexing,OFDM)符号,也可以是单载波频分多址(single carrier frequency division multiple access,SC-FDMA)符号,其中SC-FDMA又称为带有转换预编码的正交频分复用(orthogonal frequency division multiplexing with transform precoding,OFDM with TP)。第一时域资源的长度、第二时域资源的长度、第三时域资源以及第三时域资源的长度可以不同,也可以相同。第一时域资源在时域上早于第二时域资源,第二时域资源在时域上早于第三时域资源。第一时域资源与第二时域资源之间可以存在时间间隔,第二时域资源与第三时域资源之间也可以存在时间间隔。第三时域资源和第四时域资源可以为同一个时域资源,或者,第三时域资源和第四时域资源也可以为不同的时域资源。第四时域资源在时域上晚于第二时域资源。可选的,时间间隔可以用符号的个数来表示,也可以是一个绝对时间长度,不作具体限定。It should be understood that in the embodiments of the present application, the first time domain resource, the second time domain resource, the third time domain resource, and the fourth time domain resource can be understood as four time periods, four time windows or four time units. The time length of the first time domain resource, the second time domain resource, the third time domain resource, or the fourth time domain resource may be one or more subframes; or, it may be one or more time slots; or, it may be It is one or more symbols; or it can also be an absolute length of time (for example, the unit is microseconds (μs), milliseconds (ms), etc.). Symbols are also called time-domain symbols, which can be orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbols, or single carrier frequency division multiple access (SC-FDMA) symbols, where SC-FDMA is also called orthogonal frequency division multiplexing with transform precoding (OFDM with TP). The length of the first time domain resource, the length of the second time domain resource, the length of the third time domain resource, and the length of the third time domain resource may be different or the same. The first time domain resource is earlier than the second time domain resource in the time domain, and the second time domain resource is earlier than the third time domain resource in the time domain. There may be a time interval between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource, and there may also be a time interval between the second time domain resource and the third time domain resource. The third time domain resource and the fourth time domain resource may be the same time domain resource, or the third time domain resource and the fourth time domain resource may also be different time domain resources. The fourth time domain resource is later than the second time domain resource in the time domain. Optionally, the time interval can be represented by the number of symbols, or it can be an absolute time length, which is not specifically limited.
还应理解,本申请实施例中,为了简化描述,没有体现终端设备与网络设备之间的信息传输传播时延,都使用了相同的时间单元进行描述。例如,终端设备在第一时域资源上向网络设备发送信息,网络设备在第一时域资源上接收终端设备发送的信息。应该理解的是,考虑到传播时延,第一时域资源在网络设备与终端设备侧的起始位置可以是不同的。It should also be understood that, in the embodiments of the present application, in order to simplify the description, the information transmission propagation delay between the terminal device and the network device is not reflected, and the same time unit is used for description. For example, the terminal device sends information to the network device on the first time domain resource, and the network device receives the information sent by the terminal device on the first time domain resource. It should be understood that, considering the propagation delay, the starting position of the first time domain resource on the side of the network device and the terminal device may be different.
还应理解,本申请实施例中,预定义的可以理解为由协议定义的。信令配置的可以理解为由高层或者物理层信令配置的。高层信令例如可以包括无线资源控制信令(radio resource control,RRC)、媒体接入控制(medium access control,MAC)控制元素(control element,CE)、无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)信令等。物理层信令例如可以包括下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)、通过下行物理层信道传输的信令等,物理下行信道例如可以为物理下行控制信道(physical downlink control channel,PDCCH)或者物理下行共享信道(physical downlink shared channel,PDSCH)等。It should also be understood that, in the embodiments of the present application, the predefined can be understood as defined by the protocol. The signaling configuration can be understood as configured by high-level or physical layer signaling. The high-level signaling may include, for example, radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC), medium access control (medium access control, MAC) control element (CE), and radio link control (radio link control, RLC). Signaling etc. The physical layer signaling may include, for example, downlink control information (DCI), signaling transmitted through a downlink physical layer channel, and the like. The physical downlink channel may be, for example, a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) or a physical downlink. Shared channel (physical downlink shared channel, PDSCH), etc.
在本申请一些可能的实现方式中,第二时域资源上的指示信息可以通过信号承载的方式发送给终端设备,或者第二时域资源上的指示信息也可以通过控制信道发送给终端设备。以图3为例,在图2所示的方法步骤的基础上,该方法200中的S220:网络设备在 第二时域资源上向终端设备发送指示信息,包括S221。In some possible implementation manners of the present application, the indication information on the second time domain resource may be sent to the terminal device in a signal bearing manner, or the indication information on the second time domain resource may also be sent to the terminal device through a control channel. Taking FIG. 3 as an example, based on the method steps shown in FIG. 2, S220 in the method 200: the network device sends the instruction information to the terminal device on the second time domain resource, including S221.
S221,网络设备在该第二时域资源上向该终端设备发送第一信号或者控制信道,其中,该指示信息通过第一信号承载,或者该指示信息通过控制信道传输。S221: The network device sends a first signal or a control channel to the terminal device on the second time domain resource, where the indication information is carried by the first signal, or the indication information is transmitted by the control channel.
该方法200中的S230:该终端设备在第二时域资源上接收该指示信息,包括S231。S230 in the method 200: the terminal device receives the indication information on the second time domain resource, including S231.
S231,该终端设备在该第二时域资源上接收第一信号或者检测控制信道,以确定是否在第三时域资源上检测DCI。或者在第四时域资源上不检测该DCI。S231: The terminal device receives the first signal on the second time domain resource or detects the control channel to determine whether to detect DCI on the third time domain resource. Or the DCI is not detected on the fourth time domain resource.
图3中所示的S210描述可以参考上述对S210的描述,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。For the description of S210 shown in FIG. 3, reference may be made to the above description of S210. For brevity, details are not repeated here.
在S221中,该指示信息可以通过控制信道承载发送给终端设备,或者,该指示信息可以通过第一信号承载的方式发送给终端设备。第一信号是由序列生成的。网络设备在第二时域资源上向终端设备发该指示信息时,可以在该第二时域资源上向该终端设备发送第一信号或者在控制信道上向该终端设备发送指示信息。In S221, the instruction information may be carried and sent to the terminal device through a control channel, or the instruction information may be sent to the terminal device in a manner of carrying the first signal. The first signal is generated by the sequence. When the network device sends the instruction information to the terminal device on the second time domain resource, it may send the first signal to the terminal device on the second time domain resource or send the instruction information to the terminal device on the control channel.
具体而言,对于指示信息通过第一信号承载,即指示信息通过第一信号的方式发送给终端设备。第一信号可以是由序列生成的,该序列可以是ZC序列、恒包络零自相关序列(constant amplitude zero auto-correlation,CAZAC)、相控序列、m序列、Gold序列、M序列、GMW序列、kasami序列、Bent序列、哈德码序列、离散傅里叶变换(discrete fourier transform,DFT)序列等。本申请中对于生成第一信号的序列的具体形式不作限制。第一信号可以是预定义的或者是由信令配置的。例如,第一信号可以为解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal,DMRS),还可以为信道状态信息参考信号(channel state information reference siganl,CSI-RS),或者,还可以为相位跟踪参考信号(phase tracking reference signal,PT-RS)。本申请中对于第一信号的具体形式不作限制。Specifically, the indication information is carried by the first signal, that is, the indication information is sent to the terminal device in the form of the first signal. The first signal can be generated by a sequence, which can be a ZC sequence, a constant envelope zero auto-correlation (CAZAC), a phase control sequence, an m sequence, a Gold sequence, an M sequence, and a GMW sequence , Kasami sequence, Bent sequence, Hadder code sequence, discrete Fourier transform (DFT) sequence, etc. The specific form of the sequence for generating the first signal is not limited in this application. The first signal may be predefined or configured by signaling. For example, the first signal may be a demodulation reference signal (DMRS), a channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS), or a phase tracking reference signal (phase tracking reference signal). tracking reference signal, PT-RS). The specific form of the first signal is not limited in this application.
在S231中,一种可能的实现方式为:如果终端设备在第二时域资源上检测到了(接收到)某一个类型的信号(例如第一信号),这个类型的信号是预定义的或者由信令配置的,该类型的信号用于指示终端设备在第三时域资源上不检测响应于资源请求的DCI,则终端设备根据检测到的该类型的信号,就可以确定在第三时域资源上不检测DCI。如果终端设备在第二时域资源上检测到另一个类型的信号,这个类型的信号也是预定义的或者由信令配置的,这个类型的信号用于指示该终端设备在第三时域资源上检测DCI。则终端设备根据检测到的这个类型的信号,就可以确定在第三时域资源上检测该DCI。即信号的不同类型隐式的指示了指示信息指示的不同内容。例如,可以预定义或者配置多种类型的信号,将多种类型的信号分成两组,其中一组包括的信号用于指示终端设备在第三时域资源上检测DCI,另一组包括的信号用于指示设备在第三时域资源上不检测DCI。终端设备和网络设备提前获知哪些信号用于指示不检测DCI,哪些信号用于指示检测DCI。网络设备在发送指示信息时,可以根据对该终端设备的资源请求的决定,确定向终端设备发送哪种类型的信号。即第一信号的类型用于指示终端设备在第三时域资源上是否检测响应于资源请求的DCI。不同类型的信号可以理解为不同的信号。本申请实施例中,由于第一信号可以是由序列生成的,不同类型的信号还可以理解为:由同一个序列经过不同循环移位得到的不同的序列,由该不同的序列生成的信号可理解为不用类型的信号。或者同一个序列经过不同的正交掩码(orthogonal cover code,OCC)处理后得到的不同的序列,由该不同的序列生成的信号可理解为不用类型的信号。或者由占用不同的时间和/或频率资源的序列生成的信号可理解为不用类型的信号。在本申请实施例中,不同类型的信号还可以是上述 情况的组合,也可以是其他形式,本申请在此不作具体限定。In S231, a possible implementation is: if the terminal device detects (receives) a certain type of signal (such as the first signal) on the second time domain resource, this type of signal is predefined or determined by Signaling configuration, this type of signal is used to instruct the terminal device not to detect the DCI in response to the resource request on the third time domain resource, then the terminal device can determine that it is in the third time domain based on the detected signal of this type DCI is not detected on the resource. If the terminal device detects another type of signal on the second time domain resource, this type of signal is also predefined or configured by signaling. This type of signal is used to indicate that the terminal device is on the third time domain resource Check DCI. Then, the terminal device can determine to detect the DCI on the third time domain resource according to the detected signal of this type. That is, the different types of signals implicitly indicate the different content indicated by the indication information. For example, multiple types of signals can be predefined or configured, and the multiple types of signals can be divided into two groups. One group includes signals used to instruct terminal equipment to detect DCI on the third time domain resource, and the other group includes signals Used to instruct the device not to detect DCI on the third time domain resource. The terminal equipment and the network equipment know in advance which signals are used to indicate not to detect DCI and which signals are used to indicate to detect DCI. When the network device sends the instruction information, it can determine which type of signal to send to the terminal device according to the decision on the resource request of the terminal device. That is, the type of the first signal is used to indicate whether the terminal device detects the DCI in response to the resource request on the third time domain resource. Different types of signals can be understood as different signals. In the embodiment of the present application, since the first signal can be generated by a sequence, different types of signals can also be understood as: different sequences obtained by different cyclic shifts of the same sequence, and the signals generated by the different sequences can be It is understood as a different type of signal. Or the same sequence is processed by different orthogonal masks (orthogonal cover codes, OCC) to obtain different sequences, and the signals generated by the different sequences can be understood as different types of signals. Or signals generated from sequences occupying different time and/or frequency resources can be understood as signals of different types. In the embodiments of the present application, different types of signals can also be a combination of the above situations, or other forms, which are not specifically limited in the present application.
应该理解的是,上述的信号类型也可以隐式的指示第三时域资源或者第四时域资源。例如,第一信号的类型可以用于指示第三时域资源或者第四时域资源。如果第一信号的类型用于指示第三时域资源,则终端设备确定在第三时域资源上不检测DCI。如果第一信号的类型用于指示第四时域资源,则终端设备确定在第四时域资源上不检测DCI。It should be understood that the aforementioned signal type may also implicitly indicate the third time domain resource or the fourth time domain resource. For example, the type of the first signal may be used to indicate the third time domain resource or the fourth time domain resource. If the type of the first signal is used to indicate the third time domain resource, the terminal device determines not to detect DCI on the third time domain resource. If the type of the first signal is used to indicate the fourth time domain resource, the terminal device determines not to detect DCI on the fourth time domain resource.
在S231中,另一种可能的实现方式为:终端设备可以通过在第二时域资源上检测第一信号有无来确定网络设备是否指示终端设备在第三时域资源上检测DCI。即网络设备可以通过在第二时域资源上发送第一信号或者不发送第一信号的方式指示终端设备是否在第三时域资源上检测DCI。例如,如果终端设备在第二时域资源上检测到了(接收到了)第一信号,则终端设备可以确定在第三时域资源上检测DCI。如果终端设备在第二时域资源上没有检测到(没有接收到)第一信号,则终端设备可以确定在第三时域资源上不检测DCI。即第一信号本身的有无就可以看作是指示信息指示的内容。In S231, another possible implementation manner is that the terminal device can determine whether the network device instructs the terminal device to detect DCI on the third time domain resource by detecting the presence or absence of the first signal on the second time domain resource. That is, the network device can instruct the terminal device whether to detect DCI on the third time domain resource by sending the first signal on the second time domain resource or not sending the first signal. For example, if the terminal device detects (receives) the first signal on the second time domain resource, the terminal device may determine to detect DCI on the third time domain resource. If the terminal device does not detect (do not receive) the first signal on the second time domain resource, the terminal device may determine that DCI is not detected on the third time domain resource. That is, the presence or absence of the first signal itself can be regarded as the content indicated by the indication information.
可选的,第一信号本身的有无也可以用于指示第三时域资源或者第四时域资源。例如,如果终端设备在第二时域资源上检测到了(接收到了)第一信号,则终端设备可以确定在第三时域资源上检测DCI。如果终端设备在第二时域资源没有检测到了(接收到了)第一信号,则终端设备在第四时域资源上不检测DCI。Optionally, the presence or absence of the first signal itself may also be used to indicate the third time domain resource or the fourth time domain resource. For example, if the terminal device detects (receives) the first signal on the second time domain resource, the terminal device may determine to detect DCI on the third time domain resource. If the terminal device does not detect (receive) the first signal on the second time domain resource, the terminal device does not detect DCI on the fourth time domain resource.
对于指示信息通过控制信道传输的情况,可以在控制信道中传输的比特位(bit)来指示是否需要在第三时域资源上检测DCI,或者,来指示在第三时域资源或者第四时域资源。例如,可以在控制信道中用1bit字段来指示,当该比特位取值为零时,指示该终端设备在第三时域资源上不检测DCI。如果该比特取值为1时,指示该终端设备在第三时域资源上检测DCI。或者,当该比特位取值为0时,表示该终端设备在第三时域资源上检测DCI,如果该比特取值为1时,表示该终端设备在第三时域资源上不检测DCI。本申请实施例中,该控制信道可以为PDCCH等。在S231中,终端设备可以在第二时域资源上检测该控制信道,以确定是否在第三时域资源检测该DCI,或者,确定在第四时域资源上不检测该DCI。可以理解的是,该指示信息也可以通过业务信道传输,业务信道例如可以为PDSCH。For the case that the indication information is transmitted through the control channel, the bits transmitted in the control channel can be used to indicate whether DCI needs to be detected on the third time domain resource, or to indicate whether the DCI needs to be detected on the third time domain resource or the fourth time domain. Domain resources. For example, a 1-bit field may be used to indicate in the control channel. When the value of the bit is zero, it indicates that the terminal device does not detect DCI on the third time domain resource. If the value of this bit is 1, it instructs the terminal device to detect DCI on the third time domain resource. Or, when the bit value is 0, it means that the terminal device detects DCI on the third time domain resource, and if the bit value is 1, it means that the terminal device does not detect DCI on the third time domain resource. In the embodiment of the present application, the control channel may be a PDCCH or the like. In S231, the terminal device may detect the control channel on the second time domain resource to determine whether to detect the DCI on the third time domain resource, or determine not to detect the DCI on the fourth time domain resource. It is understandable that the indication information may also be transmitted through a traffic channel, and the traffic channel may be, for example, PDSCH.
应理解,本申请中,终端设备检测控制信道可理解为终端设备在该控制信道上检测该指示信息。在本申请的描述中,检测控制信道与检测指示信息的含义是相同的。例如,S231也可以描述为:终端设备可以在第二时域上检测指示信息,以确定是否在第三时域资源上检测该DCI。It should be understood that, in this application, the terminal device detecting the control channel can be understood as the terminal device detecting the indication information on the control channel. In the description of this application, the meaning of detecting the control channel and detecting the indication information is the same. For example, S231 can also be described as: the terminal device can detect the indication information on the second time domain to determine whether to detect the DCI on the third time domain resource.
可选的,在本申请一些可能的实现方式中,对于指示信息通过控制信道传输的情况,该控制信道对应的聚合等级(aggregation level,AL)、DCI格式、控制资源集、搜索空间集合、时频资源等中的一个或者多个是预定义的或者信令配置的。在S220中,该网络设备在第二时域资源上,可以采用以下方式中的至少一种向该终端设备发送控制信道:Optionally, in some possible implementation manners of the present application, for the case where the indication information is transmitted through a control channel, the aggregation level (AL), DCI format, control resource set, search space set, and time corresponding to the control channel One or more of the frequency resources and the like are predefined or configured by signaling. In S220, the network device may use at least one of the following methods to send a control channel to the terminal device on the second time domain resource:
在第一AL对应的候选发送位置向该终端设备发送该控制信道;Sending the control channel to the terminal device at the candidate sending position corresponding to the first AL;
采用第一DCI格式向该终端设备发送该控制信道;Sending the control channel to the terminal device in the first DCI format;
在第一控制资源集的时频资源上向该终端设备发送该控制信道;Sending the control channel to the terminal device on the time-frequency resource of the first control resource set;
在第一搜索空间上向该终端设备发送该控制信道;Sending the control channel to the terminal device in the first search space;
其中,该第一AL、该第一DCI格式、该第一控制资源集、该第一搜索空间中的至少一个是预定义的或者是由信令配置的Wherein, at least one of the first AL, the first DCI format, the first control resource set, and the first search space is predefined or configured by signaling
在S230中,该终端设备在第二时域资源上,可以采用以下方式中的至少一种检测该控制信道:In S230, the terminal device may use at least one of the following methods to detect the control channel on the second time domain resource:
在第一AL对应的候选检测位置检测该控制信道;Detecting the control channel at the candidate detection position corresponding to the first AL;
采用第一DCI格式检测该控制信道;Use the first DCI format to detect the control channel;
在第一控制资源集的时频资源上检测该控制信道;Detecting the control channel on the time-frequency resource of the first control resource set;
在第一搜索空间上检测该控制信道。The control channel is detected on the first search space.
下面针对这几种情况分别进行说明。The following is a description of these situations.
可选的,在本申请一些可能的实现方式中,控制信道对应的聚合等级(aggregation level,AL)可以是预定义的或者是由信令配置的。预定义的或者信令配置的AL可以是第一AL。AL可以理解为传输该控制信道(指示信息)所使用的传输资源的大小,定义了终端设备进行盲检时每一次进行检测的时频资源大小。AL可以用传输控制信道的最小资源单元的个数来表示。例如,假设传输控制信道的最小资源单元为J,传输控制信道A时所用的传输资源为N×J,则AL可以等于N。又例如,在NR系统中,传输控制信道的最小资源单元可以为控制信道元素(control channel element,CCE),传输控制信道时所用的传输资源大小可以为1个CCE、2个CCE、4个CCE、8个CCE、以及16个CCE等,相应地,AL可以为1、2、4、8、16。在S220中,网络设备在第二时域资源上,可以在第一AL对应的候选发送位置上向该终端设备发送控制信道(即发送指示信息)。在S230中,该终端设备可以在第二时域资源上,在第一AL对应的候选检测位置(例如PDCCH candidate)检测控制信道(检测指示信息)。这样,终端设备不用盲检测该控制信道所有可能的聚合等级对应的候选检测位置,可以减少终端设备检测指示信息所花费的盲检测次数,降低终端设备检测指示信息的复杂性,进而降低终端设备的功耗。Optionally, in some possible implementation manners of this application, the aggregation level (AL) corresponding to the control channel may be predefined or configured by signaling. The pre-defined or signaling-configured AL may be the first AL. AL can be understood as the size of the transmission resource used to transmit the control channel (indication information), and defines the size of the time-frequency resource for each detection when the terminal device performs blind detection. AL can be represented by the number of minimum resource units for transmission control channels. For example, assuming that the minimum resource unit for transmitting the control channel is J, and the transmission resource used when transmitting the control channel A is N×J, then AL may be equal to N. For another example, in an NR system, the smallest resource unit for transmitting a control channel can be a control channel element (CCE), and the size of the transmission resource used when transmitting a control channel can be 1 CCE, 2 CCEs, and 4 CCEs. , 8 CCEs, and 16 CCEs, etc. Correspondingly, AL can be 1, 2, 4, 8, 16. In S220, on the second time domain resource, the network device may send a control channel (that is, send instruction information) to the terminal device at the candidate sending position corresponding to the first AL. In S230, the terminal device may detect the control channel (detection indication information) at the candidate detection position (for example, PDCCH candidate) corresponding to the first AL on the second time domain resource. In this way, the terminal device does not need to blindly detect the candidate detection positions corresponding to all possible aggregation levels of the control channel, which can reduce the number of blind detection times for the terminal device to detect the indication information, reduce the complexity of the terminal device to detect the indication information, and thereby reduce the terminal device’s performance. Power consumption.
可选的,预定义的或者是由信令配置的控制信道对应的第一AL的值大于或者等于8。例如,第一AL的值可以为8或16。Optionally, the value of the first AL corresponding to the control channel that is predefined or configured by signaling is greater than or equal to 8. For example, the value of the first AL may be 8 or 16.
具体而言,假设网络设备发送控制信道(以PDCCH为例)的总的资源为16个CCE(CCE索引(index)编号为CCE index 0至CCE index 15),第一AL的值为8时,即以8个CCE为一次盲检的粒度,每一次盲检需要检测8个CCE。即在第一AL等于8的情况下,终端设备需要盲检2次来确定控制信道是否传输或者指示信息是否传输。第一AL等于16的情况下,每一次盲检需要检测16个CCE,终端设备只需要盲检1次来确定控制信道是否传输或者指示信息是否传输。如果第一AL的值小于8,例如,第一AL等于1时,每一次盲检需要检测一个CCE,即在第一AL等于1的情况下,终端设备需要盲检16次。又例如,在第一AL等于2时,每一次盲检需要检测2个CCE,即在第一AL等于2的情况下,终端设备需要盲检8次。这里,终端设备每次盲检所对应的控制信道的传输位置,可以理解为第一AL对应的候选检测位置,候选检测位置可以理解为,如果网络设备有控制信息(通过控制信道传输)传输给终端设备,则通过该候选检测位置中的一个或多个对应的资源传输给终端设备,候选检测位置中的一个或多个对应资源可以用CCE表示,例如CCE index,也可以有其他形式,不作具体限定。可见,预定义的或者是由信令配置的第一AL的值越大,终端设备检测指示信息所花费的盲检测次数越小,进一步的可以降低终端设备的功耗。Specifically, assuming that the total resources for the network device to send the control channel (taking PDCCH as an example) are 16 CCEs (the CCE index (index) number is CCE index 0 to CCE index 15), when the value of the first AL is 8, That is, 8 CCEs are used as the granularity of a blind inspection, and 8 CCEs need to be inspected for each blind inspection. That is, when the first AL is equal to 8, the terminal device needs to blindly check twice to determine whether the control channel is transmitted or whether the indication information is transmitted. When the first AL is equal to 16, 16 CCEs need to be detected for each blind check, and the terminal device only needs to check once to determine whether the control channel is transmitted or whether the indication information is transmitted. If the value of the first AL is less than 8, for example, when the first AL is equal to 1, one CCE needs to be detected for each blind detection, that is, when the first AL is equal to 1, the terminal device needs to perform blind detection 16 times. For another example, when the first AL is equal to 2, 2 CCEs need to be detected for each blind detection, that is, when the first AL is equal to 2, the terminal device needs to perform blind detection 8 times. Here, the transmission position of the control channel corresponding to each blind detection of the terminal device can be understood as the candidate detection position corresponding to the first AL, and the candidate detection position can be understood as if the network device has control information (transmitted through the control channel) transmitted to The terminal device transmits one or more corresponding resources in the candidate detection position to the terminal device. One or more corresponding resources in the candidate detection position can be represented by CCE, for example, CCE index, and it can also be in other forms. Specific restrictions. It can be seen that the larger the value of the first AL that is pre-defined or configured by signaling, the number of blind detections used by the terminal device to detect the indication information is smaller, and the power consumption of the terminal device can be further reduced.
可选的,在本申请实施例中,第一AL对应的最小值可以大于存留的(legacy)聚合 等级或后向兼容的聚合等级对应的最小值,例如该legacy聚合等级或后向兼容的聚合等级可以是针对NR版本(release)15或NR release 16的聚合等级。具体的,例如legacy聚合等级的取值范围可以为1,2,4,8,16,即legacy集合等级对应的最小值为1,在本申请中,为了减低终端设备的功耗,第一AL对应的最小值可以大于1,例如可以为8或者16。可以理解的是,第一AL可以对应一个或多个值,不作具体限定。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, the minimum value corresponding to the first AL may be greater than the minimum value corresponding to the legacy aggregation level or the backward compatible aggregation level, for example, the legacy aggregation level or the backward compatible aggregation level. The level can be an aggregation level for NR release 15 or NR release 16. Specifically, for example, the value range of the legacy aggregation level can be 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, that is, the minimum value corresponding to the legacy aggregation level is 1. In this application, in order to reduce the power consumption of the terminal device, the first AL The corresponding minimum value can be greater than 1, for example, it can be 8 or 16. It can be understood that the first AL may correspond to one or more values, which is not specifically limited.
可选的,在本申请一些可能的实现方式中,传输该控制信道(指示信息)的频域资源位置可以是预定义的或者是由信令配置的。该频域资源的位置可以通过频域资源的起始位置和终止位置来确定,也可以通过频域资源的起始位置结合控制信道对应的AL来确定。可选的,频域资源的位置(包括起始位置和终止位置)可以通过传输该控制信道的最小资源单元索引来表示。在本申请实施例中,最小资源单元可以为传输控制信道的逻辑传输资源,逻辑传输资源例如可以为CCE。或者,最小资源单元也可以为传输控制信道的实际物理资源,该实际物理资源例如可以为资源元素组(resource element group,REG)或者资源元素组束(resource element group bundle,REG Bundle)等。一般而言,1个逻辑传输资源可以包括1个或者多个实际物理资源。在目前的NR系统中,1个CCE可以包括6个REG,根据REG bundle大小的不同(1个REG bundle包括至少2个REG),1个CCE可以包括1个或者多个REG bundle。逻辑传输资源与实际物理资源之间可以存在预定义的映射关系,例如可以是非交织(non-interleaved)映射关系,也可以是交织(interleaved)映射关系。其中,非交织映射关系也可以理解为集中映射关系。如果是非交织的映射方式,1个CCE包括的6个REG在频域上可以是连续的,如果是交织的映射方式,1个CCE包括的6个REG或者多个REG bundle在频域上可以是不连续的。Optionally, in some possible implementation manners of the present application, the frequency domain resource location for transmitting the control channel (indication information) may be predefined or configured by signaling. The position of the frequency domain resource may be determined by the start position and the end position of the frequency domain resource, or may be determined by the start position of the frequency domain resource in combination with the AL corresponding to the control channel. Optionally, the position of the frequency domain resource (including the start position and the end position) may be represented by the minimum resource unit index for transmitting the control channel. In the embodiment of the present application, the minimum resource unit may be a logical transmission resource for transmitting a control channel, and the logical transmission resource may be, for example, a CCE. Alternatively, the minimum resource unit may also be the actual physical resource for the transmission control channel, and the actual physical resource may be, for example, a resource element group (REG) or a resource element group bundle (REG Bundle). Generally speaking, one logical transmission resource may include one or more actual physical resources. In the current NR system, one CCE can include 6 REGs. According to the size of the REG bundle (a REG bundle includes at least 2 REGs), a CCE can include one or more REG bundles. There may be a predefined mapping relationship between logical transmission resources and actual physical resources. For example, it may be a non-interleaved mapping relationship or an interleaved mapping relationship. Among them, the non-interleaved mapping relationship can also be understood as the centralized mapping relationship. If it is a non-interleaved mapping method, the 6 REGs included in a CCE can be continuous in the frequency domain. If it is an interleaved mapping method, the 6 REGs or multiple REG bundles included in a CCE can be in the frequency domain. Discontinuous.
通过预配置或者预定义控制信道的频域资源的方式,可以限制控制信道的传输位置。例如,可以限定控制信道对应的逻辑传输资源的起始位置,限制的该起始位置的个数可以为1个或者多个。可选的,控制信道对应的传输资源的起始位置可以CCE索引0(CCE index 0)。这样终端设备结合控制信道对应的聚合等级AL,就可以确定控制信道的传输资源的位置。在S220中,网络设备在第二时域资源上,可以在预定义的或者预配置的频域资源位置上向终端设备发送该控制信道(即发送指示信息)。在S230中,终端设备可以在第二时域资源上内,在预定义的或者预配置的频域资源位置检测该控制信道(即检测指示信息)。通过限制控制信道对应的传输的频域资源位置,终端设备不用在所有可能的频域资源位置上进行盲检测,可以减少终端设备检测控制信道(指示信息)所花费的盲检测次数,降低终端设备的功耗。By pre-configuring or pre-defining the frequency domain resources of the control channel, the transmission position of the control channel can be restricted. For example, the starting position of the logical transmission resource corresponding to the control channel can be limited, and the limited number of starting positions can be one or more. Optionally, the starting position of the transmission resource corresponding to the control channel may be CCE index 0 (CCE index 0). In this way, the terminal device can determine the position of the transmission resource of the control channel in combination with the aggregation level AL corresponding to the control channel. In S220, on the second time domain resource, the network device may send the control channel (that is, send instruction information) to the terminal device at a predefined or preconfigured frequency domain resource location. In S230, the terminal device may detect the control channel (that is, detection indication information) at a predefined or pre-configured frequency domain resource location on the second time domain resource. By limiting the frequency domain resource position of the transmission corresponding to the control channel, the terminal device does not need to perform blind detection on all possible frequency domain resource positions, which can reduce the number of blind detection times for the terminal device to detect the control channel (indication information), and reduce the terminal equipment Power consumption.
可选的,在本申请一些可能的实现方式中,该控制信道对应的DCI格式(format)可以为预定义的或者是由信令配置的。DCI格式也可以理解为控制信道的传输格式或者控制信道所传输的控制信息格式。预定义的或者是由信令配置的第一DCI格式可以为DCI format X。控制信道对应的DCI格式可以通过该控制信道承载的信息比特大小来表示。承载不同大小的信息比特,可以表示不同的DCI格式。例如,控制信道1承载了X bit的信息比特,控制信道2承载了Y bit的信息比特,其中X不等于Y,则可以认为控制信道1和控制信道2的DCI格式不同,或者也可以认为X bit对应的DCI格式与Y bit对应的DCI格式不同。Optionally, in some possible implementation manners of the present application, the DCI format (format) corresponding to the control channel may be predefined or configured by signaling. The DCI format can also be understood as the transmission format of the control channel or the format of the control information transmitted by the control channel. The first DCI format predefined or configured by signaling may be DCI format X. The DCI format corresponding to the control channel can be represented by the size of the information bits carried by the control channel. Carrying information bits of different sizes can represent different DCI formats. For example, control channel 1 carries X bits of information, and control channel 2 carries Y bits of information. If X is not equal to Y, it can be considered that the DCI formats of control channel 1 and control channel 2 are different, or X The DCI format corresponding to bit is different from the DCI format corresponding to Y bit.
通过预配置或者预定义的方式限制控制信道对应的DCI格式,或者,通过预配置或者 预定义的方式限制控制信道所能承载的信息比特。在S220中,网络设备在第二时域资源上,利用第一DCI格式向该终端设备发送该控制信道。在S230中,终端设备在第二时域资源上,只利用第一DCI格式检测该控制信道。即终端设备在检测指示信息的时候,不需要盲检测控制信道可能对应的各种DCI格式,减少了终端设备检测指示信息所花费的盲检测次数,降低了终端设备的功耗。例如第一DCI格式可以为用于调度下行数据传输的DCI format 1_0或者DCI format 1_1,第一DCI格式也可以为其他包括固定控制信息大小的格式,这里,控制信息大小可以用该控制信息对应的bit个数表示。The DCI format corresponding to the control channel is restricted through a pre-configuration or a predefined manner, or the information bits that the control channel can carry are restricted through a pre-configuration or a predefined manner. In S220, the network device uses the first DCI format to send the control channel to the terminal device on the second time domain resource. In S230, the terminal device only uses the first DCI format to detect the control channel on the second time domain resource. That is, when the terminal device detects the indication information, it does not need to blindly detect various DCI formats that the control channel may correspond to, which reduces the number of blind detections used by the terminal device to detect the indication information, and reduces the power consumption of the terminal device. For example, the first DCI format may be DCI format 1_0 or DCI format 1_1 used to schedule downlink data transmission, and the first DCI format may also be other formats including a fixed control information size. Here, the control information size may be corresponding to the control information Represents the number of bits.
可选的,在本申请一些可能的实现方式中,控制信道对应的控制资源集(control resource set,CORESET)可以为预定义的或者是由信令配置的。控制资源集可以理解为:在系统中的时频资源上采用某些特定的时频资源承载控制信道,这些特定的时频资源会预先通过高层信令通知给终端设备,使得终端设备可以在后续特定的检测时刻中均在该特定的时频资源上检测控制信道。而控制资源集包括用于网络设备发送控制信道(例如PDCCH)的所占的时频资源信息,网络设备可以为终端设备配置一个或者多个控制资源集,网络设备可以在终端设备对应的任意一个控制资源集上,向终端设备发送控制信道。终端设备可以在该控制资源集指示的时频资源上接收网络设备发送的控制信道。控制资源集的时频资源会进一步划分为多个CCE。另外,控制资源集在时间上出现的位置,可以与用于与该控制资源集相关联的搜索空间集合(search space set,SS set)出现的时间位置绑定。搜索空间集合可以理解为终端设备检测的控制信道(例如PDCCH)候选集合,例如终端设备需要检测M个PDCCH候选,即需要在M个PDCCH候选位置上检测是否存在与自己数据传输相关的PDCCH,则搜索空间集合就可以理解为这M个PDCCH备选位置组成的集合。预定义的或者是由信令配置的与控制信道对应的控制资源集可以为第一控制资源集。在S220中,网络设备在第二时域资源上,只在第一控制资源集的时频资源上向该终端设备发送该控制信道。在S230中,该终端设备在第二时域资源上,只需要在第一控制资源集的时频资源上检测该控制信道。通过预配置或者预定义的方式限制控制信道对应的控制资源集,可以限制终端设备检测控制信道的范围。即终端设备在检测控制信道的时候,不需要盲检测控制信道可能对应的各种控制资源集,只需要盲检测预配置或者预定义的第一控制资源集的时频资源。减少了终端设备检测指示信息所花费的盲检测次数,降低了终端设备的功耗。Optionally, in some possible implementation manners of this application, the control resource set (control resource set, CORESET) corresponding to the control channel may be predefined or configured by signaling. The control resource set can be understood as: certain specific time-frequency resources are used to carry the control channel on the time-frequency resources in the system. These specific time-frequency resources will be notified to the terminal equipment through high-level signaling in advance, so that the terminal equipment can follow-up At a specific detection moment, the control channel is detected on the specific time-frequency resource. The control resource set includes the time-frequency resource information occupied by the network device to send the control channel (such as PDCCH). The network device can configure one or more control resource sets for the terminal device, and the network device can be in any one corresponding to the terminal device. On the control resource set, the control channel is sent to the terminal device. The terminal device may receive the control channel sent by the network device on the time-frequency resource indicated by the control resource set. The time-frequency resources of the control resource set are further divided into multiple CCEs. In addition, the time position where the control resource set appears can be bound to the time position where the search space set (search space set, SS set) associated with the control resource set appears. The search space set can be understood as the control channel (such as PDCCH) candidate set detected by the terminal device. For example, the terminal device needs to detect M PDCCH candidates, that is, it needs to detect whether there is a PDCCH related to its own data transmission at the M PDCCH candidate positions, then The search space set can be understood as a set of these M PDCCH candidate positions. The predefined or configured control resource set corresponding to the control channel may be the first control resource set. In S220, the network device sends the control channel to the terminal device only on the time-frequency resource of the first control resource set on the second time domain resource. In S230, the terminal device only needs to detect the control channel on the time-frequency resource of the first control resource set on the second time domain resource. Restricting the control resource set corresponding to the control channel in a pre-configured or pre-defined manner can limit the range in which the terminal device detects the control channel. That is, when the terminal device detects the control channel, it does not need to blindly detect various control resource sets that the control channel may correspond to, but only needs to blindly detect the pre-configured or pre-defined time-frequency resources of the first control resource set. The number of blind detections for the terminal device to detect the indication information is reduced, and the power consumption of the terminal device is reduced.
可选的,在本申请一些可能的实现方式中,该控制信道对应的搜索空间(或者也可以称搜索空间集合)可以是预定义的或者是由信令配置的。搜索空间集合可以理解为终端设备检测的控制信道备选集合。通过预配置或者预定义的方式限制控制信道所对应的搜索空间集合(第一搜索空间集合),可以理解为限制该搜索空间集合出现的时间位置和/或该搜索空间集合中包括的控制信道备选集合。进一步的,限制该搜索空间集合中包括的控制信道备选集合也可以理解为限制该搜索空间集合中包括的控制信道对应的聚合等级或者该搜索空间集合包括的控制信道备选个数。由于终端设备需要通过盲检测的方式确定控制信道,因此,该搜索空间集合包括的控制信道备选个数又可以理解为该终端设备在该搜索空间集合内检测控制信道所需要的盲检测次数。Optionally, in some possible implementation manners of the present application, the search space (or search space set) corresponding to the control channel may be predefined or configured by signaling. The search space set can be understood as the control channel candidate set detected by the terminal device. Restricting the search space set (first search space set) corresponding to the control channel in a pre-configured or pre-defined manner can be understood as restricting the time position of the search space set and/or the control channel equipment included in the search space set. Choose a collection. Further, limiting the control channel candidate set included in the search space set may also be understood as limiting the aggregation level corresponding to the control channel included in the search space set or the number of control channel candidates included in the search space set. Since the terminal device needs to determine the control channel by blind detection, the number of control channel candidates included in the search space set can be understood as the number of blind detections required for the terminal device to detect the control channel in the search space set.
通过预配置或者预定义的方式限制控制信道所对应的搜索空间集合(第一搜索空间集合),在S220中,该网络设备在第二时域资源上,只在第一搜索空间集合包括候选位置 上向该终端设备发送该控制信道。在S230中,终端设备在第二时域资源上,只在第一搜索空间集合包括的候选位置检测该控制信道,而不用在控制信道所有可能的搜索空间集合内检测该控制信道,可以降低终端设备盲检测控制信道(指示信息)的复杂度,进而降低终端设备的功耗。The search space set (first search space set) corresponding to the control channel is restricted by a pre-configured or predefined manner. In S220, the network device only includes candidate positions in the first search space set on the second time domain resource. The control channel is sent to the terminal device. In S230, the terminal device detects the control channel only at the candidate positions included in the first search space set on the second time domain resource, instead of detecting the control channel in all possible search space sets of the control channel, which can reduce the terminal The device blindly detects the complexity of the control channel (indication information), thereby reducing the power consumption of the terminal device.
可选的,在本申请一些可能的实现方式中,第二时域资源的时域位置可以是预配置或者预定义的。一种可能的实现方式为:可以直接预配置或者预定义第二时域资源的时域位置。例如,网络设备可以直接预配置第二时域资源的时域位置。另一种可能的实现方式为:可以预配置或者预定义第二时域资源与第一时域资源的时间偏移量。例如,网络设备可以预配置第一时域资源与第二时域资源之间的时间偏移量来实现终端设备确定第二时域资源的时域位置。可选的,第一时域资源与第二时域资源之间的时间偏移量可以不小于阈值T,阈值T可以为该终端设备传输PUSCH与接收到网络设备对于该PUSCH的响应之间的时间偏移。网络设备对于该PUSCH的响应,可以表现为网络设备是否正确接收到PUSCH中承载的数据,也可以表现为对该PUSCH承载的混合自动重传请求(hybrid automatic repeat request,HARQ)进程的重调度信息。应该理解的是,这里的时间偏移值可以通过绝对时间长度来表示,例如T毫秒(ms)、T微秒(μs)等,也可以通过时域资源(例如时隙、子帧、符号等)的个数来表示。例如,终端设备在第一时域资源(例如时隙n)上发送资源请求,在第二时域资源(例如时隙m)上接收网络设备发送的指示信息,如果n+t=m,其中t为不小于1的整数,则第一时域资源与第二时域资源之间的时间偏移指可以理解为t或者t个时隙。Optionally, in some possible implementation manners of the present application, the time domain location of the second time domain resource may be pre-configured or predefined. One possible implementation is that the time domain location of the second time domain resource can be directly pre-configured or pre-defined. For example, the network device may directly pre-configure the time domain location of the second time domain resource. Another possible implementation manner is that the time offset between the second time domain resource and the first time domain resource can be pre-configured or predefined. For example, the network device may preconfigure the time offset between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource to enable the terminal device to determine the time domain location of the second time domain resource. Optionally, the time offset between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource may not be less than a threshold T. The threshold T may be the difference between the terminal device transmitting the PUSCH and receiving the network device's response to the PUSCH. Time offset. The response of the network device to the PUSCH can be expressed as whether the network device correctly receives the data carried in the PUSCH, or it can be expressed as the rescheduling information of the hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) process carried by the PUSCH . It should be understood that the time offset value here can be expressed by absolute time length, such as T milliseconds (ms), T microseconds (μs), etc., or by time domain resources (such as time slots, subframes, symbols, etc.) ). For example, the terminal device sends a resource request on the first time domain resource (for example, time slot n), and receives the indication information sent by the network device on the second time domain resource (for example, time slot m). If n+t=m, where t is an integer not less than 1, then the time offset between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource can be understood as t or t time slots.
可选的,在本申请一些可能的实现方式中,为了保证指示信息的传输可靠性,网络设备可以在多个不同的时间传输位置上向终端设备发送指示信息,即第二时域资源的个数可以是多个。在这种情况下,可以通过预配置或者预定义的方式限制指示信息的时间传输位置。例如,终端设备在发送资源请求之后,指示信息的第一个时间传输位置可以是预配置或者预定义的,如果指示信息可以在多个可用的时域资源上传输,则还可以预配置或者预定义指示信息的传输次数,进而实现限制指示信息的时间传输位置。这里可用的时域资源可以理解为可以用于下行传输的时域资源,或者也可以理解为用于指示信息传输的时域资源。多个可用的时域资源(即多个第二时域资源)在时域上可以是连续的,即多个第二时域资源中相邻两个时间之间是没有时间间隔的,如图4所示,图4所示的为本申请实施例提供的一例多个第二时域资源的示意图,图4所示的为连续多个可用的第二时域资源。当然,多个可用的时域资源在时间位置上也可以是不连续的,即多个第二时域资源中相邻两个时间之间是有时间间隔的,如图5所示,图5所示的为本申请实施例提供的一例多个第二时域资源的示意图,图5所示的为多个可用的第二时域资源在时域上存在时间间隔的情况。Optionally, in some possible implementation manners of the present application, in order to ensure the transmission reliability of the indication information, the network device may send the indication information to the terminal device at multiple different time transmission positions, that is, the number of the second time domain resource. The number can be more than one. In this case, the time transmission position of the indication information can be restricted in a pre-configured or predefined manner. For example, after the terminal device sends a resource request, the first time transmission position of the indication information may be pre-configured or predefined. If the indication information can be transmitted on multiple available time domain resources, it may also be pre-configured or pre-defined. Define the number of transmissions of the indication information, and then limit the time transmission position of the indication information. The available time domain resources here can be understood as time domain resources that can be used for downlink transmission, or can also be understood as time domain resources used for indicating information transmission. Multiple available time domain resources (ie, multiple second time domain resources) can be continuous in the time domain, that is, there is no time interval between two adjacent times in the multiple second time domain resources, as shown in the figure As shown in FIG. 4, FIG. 4 shows an example of a schematic diagram of multiple second time domain resources provided by an embodiment of this application, and FIG. 4 shows a plurality of consecutive available second time domain resources. Of course, the multiple available time domain resources may also be discontinuous in time position, that is, there is a time interval between two adjacent times in the multiple second time domain resources, as shown in Figure 5, Figure 5 Shown is an example of a schematic diagram of multiple second time domain resources provided by an embodiment of this application, and FIG. 5 shows a situation where multiple available second time domain resources have time intervals in the time domain.
通过预配置或者预定义的方式限制指示信息的时间传输位置,终端设备在发送资源请求之后,可以只在预配置或者预定义的一个或者多个第二时域资源上检测指示信息,终端设备不用在所有可能的时域位置上进行盲检测指示信息,可以减少终端设备检测指示信息所花费的盲检测次数,降低终端设备的功耗。并且,由于终端设备在发送资源请求之后,网络设备需要对该资源请求处理才能在第二时域资源上发送指示信息。即网络设备需要一定的处理时间。在终端设备发送资源请求之后,在检测指示信息之前的时间范围内,即在 第一时域资源和第二时域资源之间的时间间隔内,终端设备可以不用检测与数据传输相关的指示信息或者控制信道,例如,不用检测承载上行准许(UL grant)的控制信道,进而减少了终端设备检测控制信道的功耗。The time transmission position of the indication information is restricted in a pre-configured or pre-defined manner. After the terminal device sends a resource request, it can only detect the indication information on one or more pre-configured or predefined second time domain resources, and the terminal device does not use it. Performing blind detection of the indication information at all possible time domain positions can reduce the number of blind detections used by the terminal device to detect the indication information, and reduce the power consumption of the terminal device. Moreover, after the terminal device sends the resource request, the network device needs to process the resource request before sending the instruction information on the second time domain resource. That is, the network equipment needs a certain amount of processing time. After the terminal device sends the resource request, in the time range before detecting the indication information, that is, in the time interval between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource, the terminal device may not need to detect the indication information related to data transmission Or the control channel, for example, does not need to detect the control channel carrying the uplink grant (UL grant), thereby reducing the power consumption of the terminal device to detect the control channel.
应理解,本申请实施例中,第一时域资源、第三时域资源或者第四时域资源的个数也可以是一个或者多个。It should be understood that, in the embodiment of the present application, the number of the first time domain resource, the third time domain resource, or the fourth time domain resource may also be one or more.
可选的,在本申请一些可能的实现方式中,第三时域资源的时域位置和/或第四时域资源的时域位置可以是预配置或者预定义的。一种可能的实现方式为:可以预配置或者预定义第三时域资源和/或第四时域资源的时域位置的时域位置。例如,网络设备可以直接预配置第三时域资源的时域位置。另一种可能的实现方式为:可以预配置或者预定义时域偏移值,该时域偏移值用于该终端设备确定该第三时域资源的时域位置和/或第四时域资源的时域位置。Optionally, in some possible implementation manners of the present application, the time domain location of the third time domain resource and/or the time domain location of the fourth time domain resource may be pre-configured or predefined. A possible implementation manner is: the time domain position of the third time domain resource and/or the time domain position of the fourth time domain resource can be pre-configured or predefined. For example, the network device may directly preconfigure the time domain location of the third time domain resource. Another possible implementation manner is: a time domain offset value can be pre-configured or predefined, and the time domain offset value is used by the terminal device to determine the time domain position of the third time domain resource and/or the fourth time domain The time domain location of the resource.
下文的描述中,以该时域偏移值用于终端设备确定该第三时域资源的时域位置为例进行说明。应该理解的是,终端设备根据用于确定第四时域资源的时域位置的时域偏移值确定第四时域资源的时域位置的具体过程与终端设备确定该第三时域资源的时域位置的具体过程是类似的。类似的方式可以参考下述的终端设备确定该第三时域资源的时域位置的具体方式。In the following description, the time domain offset value is used by the terminal device to determine the time domain location of the third time domain resource as an example for description. It should be understood that the specific process of determining the time domain position of the fourth time domain resource by the terminal device according to the time domain offset value used to determine the time domain position of the fourth time domain resource is different from how the terminal device determines the third time domain resource. The specific process of time domain location is similar. For a similar manner, reference may be made to the following specific manner for the terminal device to determine the time domain location of the third time domain resource.
可选的,在本申请一些可能的实现方式中,该指示信息可以包括该时域偏移值,该时域偏移值用于该终端设备确定该第三时域资源的时域位置。应该理解的是,这里的时间偏移指可以通过绝对时间长度来表示,例如P毫秒(ms)、M微秒(μs)等,也可以通过资源请求(例如时隙、子帧、符号等)的个数来表示,可选的,该时域偏移值包括:第一时域偏移值、第二时域偏移值、第三时域偏移值中的至少一个。Optionally, in some possible implementation manners of the present application, the indication information may include the time domain offset value, and the time domain offset value is used by the terminal device to determine the time domain location of the third time domain resource. It should be understood that the time offset here can be expressed by absolute time length, such as P milliseconds (ms), M microseconds (μs), etc., or through resource requests (such as time slots, subframes, symbols, etc.) It is indicated by the number of, optionally, the time domain offset value includes: at least one of the first time domain offset value, the second time domain offset value, and the third time domain offset value.
其中,第一时域偏移值可以为第一时域资源与第三时域资源在时域上的偏移值;Wherein, the first time domain offset value may be an offset value of the first time domain resource and the third time domain resource in the time domain;
第二时域偏移值可以为第二时域资源与第三时域资源在时域上的偏移值;The second time domain offset value may be an offset value of the second time domain resource and the third time domain resource in the time domain;
第三时域偏移值可以为第五时域资源与该第三时域资源在时域上的偏移值,其中,第五时域资源在时域上位于该第二时域资源之后且位于该第三时域资源之前。即第五时域资源在时域上的位置在第二时域资源和第三时域资源之间。图6所示的为本申请实施例提供的一例第一时域资源、第二时域资源、第三时域资源、第五时域资源的示意图。如图6所示的,在时域上从先到后的顺序为:第一时域资源、第二时域资源、第五时域资源、第三时域资源。The third time domain offset value may be an offset value of the fifth time domain resource and the third time domain resource in the time domain, where the fifth time domain resource is located behind the second time domain resource in the time domain and Located before the third time domain resource. That is, the position of the fifth time domain resource in the time domain is between the second time domain resource and the third time domain resource. FIG. 6 shows a schematic diagram of an example of a first time domain resource, a second time domain resource, a third time domain resource, and a fifth time domain resource provided by an embodiment of this application. As shown in FIG. 6, the order from first to last in the time domain is: the first time domain resource, the second time domain resource, the fifth time domain resource, and the third time domain resource.
第五时域资源的时域位置可以是预定义的或者是由信令配置的,或者,第五时域资源与第二时域资源之间的时域偏移值、或者第五时域资源与第一时域资源之间的时域偏移值为预定义的或者是由信令配置的。例如,第五时域资源与第二时域资源之间的时域偏移值可以为K,K可以是终端设备检测到指示信息之后到将其解调出来的时间,或者也可以是终端设备检测到网络设备发送的下行数据之后,到对该下行数据反馈HARQ信息之间的时间。其中HARQ信息包括确认应答(acknowledgement,ACK)和否定应答(negative acknowledgement,NACK)。例如,假设终端设备接收到一个PDSCH,到对该PDSCH进行HARQ反馈的最早时间之间的时间偏移为2个时间单元(时间单元例如为时隙、子帧、符号等),即K的值为2,则第二时域资源与第五时域资源之间的时间偏移可以是2个时间单元。终端设备根据指示信息确定第三时域资源时,可以根据第五时域资源与第三时域 资源之间的时间偏移,确定第三时域资源的时域位置。可以减少指示信息中用于确定第三时域资源的比特开销。通过本申请实施例提供的方式,该指示信息可以不指示第二时域资源或者第一时域资源与第三时域资源之间的时间偏移值,而只指示第五时域资源与第三时域资源之间的时间偏移,由于后者对应的时间偏移值小于前者,因此可以节省指示信息用于时间偏移值的开销,保证指示信息的传输可靠性。The time domain location of the fifth time domain resource may be predefined or configured by signaling, or the time domain offset value between the fifth time domain resource and the second time domain resource, or the fifth time domain resource The time domain offset value from the first time domain resource is predefined or configured by signaling. For example, the time domain offset value between the fifth time domain resource and the second time domain resource may be K, and K may be the time from when the terminal device detects the indication information to when it is demodulated, or it may be the terminal device The time between when the downlink data sent by the network device is detected and the HARQ information is fed back to the downlink data. The HARQ information includes an acknowledgement (acknowledgement, ACK) and a negative acknowledgement (negative acknowledgement, NACK). For example, suppose that the terminal device receives a PDSCH, and the time offset between the earliest time to perform HARQ feedback on the PDSCH is 2 time units (time units such as time slots, subframes, symbols, etc.), that is, the value of K If it is 2, the time offset between the second time domain resource and the fifth time domain resource may be 2 time units. When the terminal device determines the third time domain resource according to the instruction information, it may determine the time domain position of the third time domain resource according to the time offset between the fifth time domain resource and the third time domain resource. The bit overhead used to determine the third time domain resource in the indication information can be reduced. In the manner provided by the embodiment of the present application, the indication information may not indicate the second time domain resource or the time offset value between the first time domain resource and the third time domain resource, but only indicate the fifth time domain resource and the first time domain resource. For the time offset between the three time domain resources, since the time offset value corresponding to the latter is smaller than the former, the overhead of using the indication information for the time offset value can be saved, and the transmission reliability of the indication information can be guaranteed.
可选的,第五时域资源可以是终端设备最早检测DCI的时域资源。考虑到终端设备的具体实现过程,从终端设备接收到指示信息开始,最早需要在第五时域资源上才能对接收到得指示信息解析完成,也即终端设备最早也是从第五时域资源上开始检测网络设备发送的DCI。第五时域资源可以看作是第三时域资源最早出现的情况。可选地,第五时域资源可以为第三时域资源。Optionally, the fifth time domain resource may be the earliest time domain resource for the terminal device to detect DCI. Taking into account the specific implementation process of the terminal device, starting from the terminal device receiving the instruction information, it needs to be on the fifth time domain resource at the earliest to complete the analysis of the received instruction information, that is, the terminal device is also from the fifth time domain resource at the earliest. Start to detect the DCI sent by the network device. The fifth time domain resource can be regarded as the earliest occurrence of the third time domain resource. Optionally, the fifth time domain resource may be a third time domain resource.
此外,通过本申请实施例提供的方式,由于终端设备能够接收响应于资源请求的DCI的最早时间位置对应第五时域资源的时间位置,因此通过指示第五时域资源与第三时间资源之间的时间偏移,可以节省不必要的信息指示,节省信息指示开销。例如,如果该指示信息包括的比特个数是固定的,则可以理解的是,指示信息通过指示第五时域资源与第三时域资源之间的第三时域偏移值确定的第三时域资源,与指示信息通过指示第二时域资源与第三时域资源之间的第二时域偏移值确定的第三时域资源,通过这两种方式确定的两个第三时域资源中,通过第三时域偏移值确定的第三时域资源在时间上的位置更靠后,由于终端设备在检测到第二时域资源上传输的指示信息后,在第三时域资源之前,不需要再检测响应资源请求的DCI,因此第三时域资源在时间位置上更靠后,会进一步降低终端设备的功耗。In addition, through the method provided in the embodiments of the present application, since the earliest time position at which the terminal device can receive the DCI in response to the resource request corresponds to the time position of the fifth time domain resource, by indicating the difference between the fifth time domain resource and the third time resource The time offset between time can save unnecessary information indication and save information indication overhead. For example, if the number of bits included in the indication information is fixed, it can be understood that the indication information is determined by indicating the third time domain offset value between the fifth time domain resource and the third time domain resource. The time domain resource, and the third time domain resource determined by indicating the second time domain offset value between the second time domain resource and the third time domain resource by indicating the indication information, and two third time domain resources determined by these two methods In the domain resources, the third time domain resource determined by the third time domain offset value is located at a later time. Since the terminal device detects the indication information transmitted on the second time domain resource, the third time domain resource is Before the domain resource, there is no need to detect the DCI in response to the resource request. Therefore, the third time domain resource is located further back in time, which will further reduce the power consumption of the terminal device.
可选的,在本申请实施例中,上述的第一时域偏移值、第二时域偏移值、第三时域偏移值、第一时域资源与第二时域资源之间的时间偏移值、第五时域资源与第二时域资源之间的时间偏移值、或者第五时域资源与第一时域资源之间的时间偏移值的除了利用绝对时间长度或者时间单元(例如时隙、子帧、符号等)的个数来表示之外,还可以利用非连续接收(discontinuous reception,DRX)周期的个数来表示。DRX可以为终端设备仅在必要的时间段打开接收机进入激活态,用以接收下行数据,而在剩余时间段关闭接收机进入休眠态,停止接收下行数据的一种节省终端设备电力消耗的工作模式。DRX周期用于指示DRX状态下两次激活态出现的间隔时长。一个DRX周期由一个激活态期和一个可能存在的休眠期组成。利用DRX周期的个数来表征时域偏移值的长度,可以降低用于时域偏移值的负载度和信令开销,节省资源。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, the above-mentioned first time domain offset value, second time domain offset value, third time domain offset value, between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource The time offset value of, the time offset value between the fifth time domain resource and the second time domain resource, or the time offset value between the fifth time domain resource and the first time domain resource in addition to the absolute time length Alternatively, in addition to the number of time units (for example, time slots, subframes, symbols, etc.), the number of discontinuous reception (DRX) cycles can also be used to represent. DRX can be a work for the terminal device to turn on the receiver and enter the active state only during the necessary time period to receive downlink data, and turn off the receiver during the remaining time period to enter the dormant state and stop receiving downlink data to save power consumption of the terminal device. mode. The DRX cycle is used to indicate the interval between two active states in the DRX state. A DRX cycle consists of an active state period and a possible dormant period. Using the number of DRX cycles to characterize the length of the time domain offset value can reduce the load and signaling overhead used for the time domain offset value, and save resources.
可选的,在本申请实施例中,第三时域资源可以为第二时域资源之后距离第二时域资源最近的DRX周期对应的时域资源。可选的,距离第二时域资源最近的DRX周期可以包括(对应)一个或者多个时域资源,如果该DRX周期包括多个时域资源,则第三时域资源可以为该DRX周期包括的第一个时域资源。例如,DRX周期包括多个时隙,每个时隙可以看作是一个时域资源,则第三时域资源可以为该DRX周期包括的第一个时隙。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, the third time domain resource may be a time domain resource corresponding to the DRX cycle closest to the second time domain resource after the second time domain resource. Optionally, the DRX cycle closest to the second time domain resource may include (correspond to) one or more time domain resources. If the DRX cycle includes multiple time domain resources, the third time domain resource may be that the DRX cycle includes The first time domain resource. For example, a DRX cycle includes multiple time slots, and each time slot can be regarded as a time domain resource, and the third time domain resource can be the first time slot included in the DRX cycle.
可选的,在本申请实施例中,在申请实施例中,第二时域资源可以是周期出现的,也可以是非周期出现的。当第一时域资源与第二时域资源均周期出现时,一个第一时域资源可以与一个第二时域资源相对应。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, in the embodiment of the application, the second time domain resource may appear periodically or non-periodically. When both the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource appear periodically, one first time domain resource may correspond to one second time domain resource.
应理解,在申请中,不同的时域资源对应的参数(numerology)可以相同,也可以不 相同,当不同的时域资源对应的numerology不同时,两个不同的时域资源之间的时间偏移可以按照其中任意一个时域资源对应的numerology来确定。Numerology可以理解为系统参数,具体的可以包括子载波间隔(Subcarrier Spacing,SCS)。It should be understood that in the application, the parameter (numerology) corresponding to different time domain resources may be the same or different. When the numerology corresponding to different time domain resources is different, the time deviation between two different time domain resources The shift can be determined according to the numerology corresponding to any one of the time domain resources. Numerology can be understood as a system parameter, which can specifically include Subcarrier Spacing (SCS).
还应理解,对于第四时域资源时域位置的确定方式,也可以按照与确定第三时域资源时域位置类似的方法进行确定,类似的描述参考上述对于第三时域资源时域位置的确定过程,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。It should also be understood that the method for determining the time domain position of the fourth time domain resource can also be determined according to a method similar to that of determining the time domain position of the third time domain resource. For similar descriptions, refer to the above description of the time domain position of the third time domain resource. For the sake of brevity, I won’t repeat it here.
还应理解,在本申请实施例中,当指示信息通过第一信号承载,即该指示信息通过第一信号承载的方式发送给终端设备时,第一信号的类型和/或个数可以为预定义的或者是由信令配置的。终端设备在第二时间检测指示信息时,只需要检测预定义或者预配置的第一信号,不需要检测其他类型的信号,和/或,只需要检测预定义或者预配置好的数量的第一信号,不需要检测其他数量的第一信号。可以降低终端设备检测指示信息的复杂度,进而降低终端设备的功耗。此外,一般而言,终端设备检测信号的复杂度要低于检测控制信道的复杂度,因此可以理解的是,通过第一信号来承载指示信息,会进一步降低终端设备的功耗。It should also be understood that, in the embodiment of the present application, when the indication information is carried by the first signal, that is, the indication information is sent to the terminal device in the manner of carrying the first signal, the type and/or number of the first signal may be predetermined. Defined or configured by signaling. When the terminal device detects the indication information at the second time, it only needs to detect the pre-defined or pre-configured first signal, and does not need to detect other types of signals, and/or only needs to detect the pre-defined or pre-configured number of first signals. Signal, there is no need to detect other numbers of first signals. The complexity of detecting the indication information of the terminal device can be reduced, thereby reducing the power consumption of the terminal device. In addition, generally speaking, the complexity of detecting the signal of the terminal device is lower than the complexity of detecting the control channel. Therefore, it can be understood that the first signal to carry the indication information will further reduce the power consumption of the terminal device.
还应理解,在本申请实施例中,该第一信号与时域偏移值存在对应关系,该时域偏移值用于该终端设备确定该第三时域资源的时域资源。It should also be understood that, in the embodiment of the present application, the first signal has a corresponding relationship with a time domain offset value, and the time domain offset value is used by the terminal device to determine the time domain resource of the third time domain resource.
具体而言,第一信号的类型或者个数可以与时域偏移值存在对应关系。该时域偏移值可以用来确定第三时域资源的时域位置。例如,该时域偏移值可以包括上述的第一时域偏移值、第二时域偏移值、第三时域偏移值中的至少一个。即不同类型的信号可以表示(对应)不同的时域偏移值。不同个数的信号也可以表示(对应)不同的时域偏移值。可选的,信号的个数或者类型还可以表征(对应)偏移值的大小。上述的信号的类型或者个数可以与时域偏移值存在对应关系可以是预定义的或者是由信令配置的。Specifically, the type or number of the first signal may have a corresponding relationship with the time domain offset value. The time domain offset value can be used to determine the time domain location of the third time domain resource. For example, the time domain offset value may include at least one of the aforementioned first time domain offset value, second time domain offset value, and third time domain offset value. That is, different types of signals can represent (correspond to) different time-domain offset values. Different numbers of signals can also represent (correspond to) different time-domain offset values. Optionally, the number or type of signals can also characterize (correspond to) the magnitude of the offset value. The type or number of the above-mentioned signals may have a corresponding relationship with the time domain offset value, which may be predefined or configured by signaling.
例如,假设第一类型的信号(例如生成该信号的序列通过第一OCC加扰)对应第一时域偏移值,第二类型的信号(例如生成该信号的序列通过第二OCC加扰)对应第二时域偏移值,第三类型的信号(例如生成该信号的序列通过第三OCC加扰)对应第三时域偏移值。如果终端设备在第二时域资源上检测到了第一类型的信号,便可以确定第一时域偏移值,即可以确定第一时域资源与第三时域资源在时域上偏移值,从而确定第三时域资源的时域位置。可选的,一种可能的实现方式为:第一类型的信号不仅可以指示第一时域偏移值,还可以指示第一时域偏移值的大小。即第一类型的信号不仅指示了时域偏移值的类型为第一时域偏移值,还指示了时域偏移值的大小(即第一时域偏移值大小)。可选的,另一种可能的实现方式为:第一类型的信号可以只指示第一时域偏移值,即第一类型的信号仅指示了时域偏移值的类型为第一时域偏移值。第一时域偏移值的大小通过第一类型的信号的个数来确定或者指示。For example, suppose that the first type of signal (for example, the sequence that generates the signal is scrambled by the first OCC) corresponds to the first time domain offset value, and the second type of signal (for example, the sequence that generates the signal is scrambled by the second OCC) Corresponding to the second time domain offset value, the third type of signal (for example, the sequence generating the signal is scrambled by the third OCC) corresponds to the third time domain offset value. If the terminal device detects the first type of signal on the second time domain resource, it can determine the first time domain offset value, which can determine the time domain offset value of the first time domain resource and the third time domain resource , So as to determine the time domain location of the third time domain resource. Optionally, a possible implementation manner is: the first type of signal may not only indicate the first time domain offset value, but also may indicate the magnitude of the first time domain offset value. That is, the first type of signal not only indicates that the type of the time domain offset value is the first time domain offset value, but also indicates the size of the time domain offset value (that is, the size of the first time domain offset value). Optionally, another possible implementation manner is: the first type of signal may only indicate the first time domain offset value, that is, the first type of signal only indicates that the type of the time domain offset value is the first time domain The offset value. The magnitude of the first time domain offset value is determined or indicated by the number of signals of the first type.
通过利用第一信号的类型或者个数来指示时域偏移值,可以降低用于指示时域偏移值的信令开销,保证指示信息的传输可靠性。By using the type or number of the first signal to indicate the time domain offset value, the signaling overhead for indicating the time domain offset value can be reduced, and the transmission reliability of the indication information can be ensured.
可选的,在本申请实施例中,该第一信号的类型或者个数与时域偏移值存在对应关系,该时域偏移值还可以用于该终端设备确定该第四时域资源的时域资源。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, there is a correspondence between the type or number of the first signal and the time domain offset value, and the time domain offset value may also be used by the terminal device to determine the fourth time domain resource Time domain resources.
应理解,在本申请实施例中,指示信息可以是该终端设备特定的,即只对于该终端设备生效,或者指示信息也可以是对一组终端设备生效的,当指示信息对一组终端设备生效 时,可以节省指示信息的开销,减少资源浪费,保证指示信息的传输性能。It should be understood that, in the embodiment of the present application, the instruction information may be specific to the terminal device, that is, it is valid only for the terminal device, or the instruction information may also be valid for a group of terminal devices, when the instruction information is valid for a group of terminal devices. When it takes effect, the overhead of the indication information can be saved, the waste of resources can be reduced, and the transmission performance of the indication information can be guaranteed.
可选的,在本申请一些可能的实现方式中,指示信息可以通过承载于第一信息的方式发送给终端设备,即指示信息包含于第一信息中。其中,第一信息可以用于触发该终端设备在DRX状态下开启控制信息检测功能或者不开启控制信息检测功能,和/或,用于触发该终端设备在开启控制信息检测功能的情况下,停止对控制信息的检测或者不停止对控制信息的检测。网络设备可以在第二时域资源上向终端设备发送该第一信息,第一信息包括(承载)该指示信息。终端设备在第二时域资源上检测第一信息。Optionally, in some possible implementation manners of the present application, the indication information may be sent to the terminal device by being carried in the first information, that is, the indication information is included in the first information. Wherein, the first information can be used to trigger the terminal device to turn on the control information detection function or not to turn on the control information detection function in the DRX state, and/or to trigger the terminal device to stop when the control information detection function is turned on The detection of control information or not stop the detection of control information. The network device may send the first information to the terminal device on the second time domain resource, and the first information includes (carries) the indication information. The terminal device detects the first information on the second time domain resource.
具体而言,指示信息可以承载于第一信息中,第一信息可以用于触发终端设备是否在DRX状态下开启控制信道(以PDCCH为例说明)检测功能,和/或,用于触发终端设备在在DRX状态并且开启PDCCH检测功能的情况下,是否停止对PDCCH的检测。终端设备通过检测第一信息,即可以确定是否需要在接下来的DRX状态开启PDCCH检测功能,又可以确定是否开启上行调度准许(UL grant)的检测功能,进一步的还可以确定是否在第三时间单元需要检测控制信息。可以节省指示信息的开销,减少终端设备需要检测的控制信道个数,进而降低终端设备的功耗。应理解,开启PDCCH检测功能或者开启上行调度准许的检测功能,可以理解为终端设备开始检测PDCCH或者上行调度准许。Specifically, the indication information may be carried in the first information, and the first information may be used to trigger whether the terminal device opens the control channel (using PDCCH as an example) detection function in the DRX state, and/or to trigger the terminal device In the DRX state and the PDCCH detection function is turned on, whether to stop the detection of the PDCCH. By detecting the first information, the terminal device can determine whether to enable the PDCCH detection function in the next DRX state, and also determine whether to enable the uplink scheduling grant (UL grant) detection function, and further determine whether it is at the third time The unit needs to detect control information. It can save the overhead of the indication information, reduce the number of control channels that the terminal device needs to detect, and thereby reduce the power consumption of the terminal device. It should be understood that turning on the PDCCH detection function or turning on the uplink scheduling permission detection function can be understood as the terminal device starting to detect the PDCCH or the uplink scheduling permission.
作为一种可能的实现方式,上述的第一信息可以包括唤醒信号(wake up signal,WUS)、节电信号(power saving signal,PoSS)、或者进入休眠(go to sleep,GTS)信号等。终端设备通过在第二时域资源上检测WUS信号、PoSS信号或者GTS信号,即可以确定是否需要在接下来的DRX状态开启PDCCH检测功能,又可以确定是否开启上行调度准许的检测功能,进一步的还可以确定是否在第三时域资源上检测DCI。例如,假设PoSS信令中利用1bit信息用来代表指示信息,该1bit可以对多个终端设备发送的资源请求的响应。应理解,本申请实施例中,第一信息还可以包括其他用于触发终端设备是否在DRX状态下开启以PDCCH检测功能,和/或,用于触发终端设备在开启PDCCH检测功能的情况下,是否停止对PDCCH的检测的信息或者信号等。本申请实施例在在此不不作限制。As a possible implementation manner, the foregoing first information may include a wake-up signal (wake-up signal, WUS), a power-saving signal (PoSS), or a go-to-sleep (GTS) signal, etc. By detecting the WUS signal, PoSS signal, or GTS signal on the second time domain resource, the terminal device can determine whether to enable the PDCCH detection function in the next DRX state, and also determine whether to enable the detection function of the uplink scheduling permission. It can also be determined whether to detect DCI on the third time domain resource. For example, suppose that 1bit information is used to represent indication information in PoSS signaling, and this 1bit can respond to resource requests sent by multiple terminal devices. It should be understood that, in the embodiment of the present application, the first information may also include other information used to trigger whether the terminal device is turned on with the PDCCH detection function in the DRX state, and/or used to trigger the terminal device to turn on the PDCCH detection function, Whether to stop the PDCCH detection information or signal. The embodiments of the application are not limited here.
通过将指示信息承载于WUS、PoSS或者GTS信号中,可以节省指示信息的开销,减少终端设备需要检测的控制信道个数,节省终端设备的功耗。By carrying the indication information in the WUS, PoSS or GTS signal, the overhead of the indication information can be saved, the number of control channels that the terminal device needs to detect, and the power consumption of the terminal device can be saved.
应理解,在本申请实施例中,指示信息可以是对一组终端设备生效的。由于终端设备可以确定自己在第一时域资源上是否发送了资源请求,因此对于没有发送资源请求的终端设备而言,即使指示信息指示该终端设备在第三时域资源上检测网络设备发送的DCI,该终端设备也可以不进行检测DCI。而对于发送了资源请求的终端设备而言,则可以在第三时域资源上检测网络设备发送的DCI,或者在第四时域资源上不检测网络设备发送的DCI。It should be understood that, in this embodiment of the present application, the indication information may be effective for a group of terminal devices. Since the terminal device can determine whether it has sent a resource request on the first time domain resource, for a terminal device that has not sent a resource request, even if the indication information indicates that the terminal device detects the data sent by the network device on the third time domain resource DCI, the terminal device may not detect DCI. For the terminal device that has sent the resource request, the DCI sent by the network device may be detected on the third time domain resource, or the DCI sent by the network device may not be detected on the fourth time domain resource.
进一步的,假设指示信息对于终端设备A和终端设备B都生效,且终端设备A和终端设备B在分别在各自的第一时域资源上发送了资源请求(不同终端设备对应的第一时域资源可能相同,也可能不相同),但网络设备只检测到了终端设备A发送的资源请求,而没有检测到终端设备B发送的资源请求,这样就会造成终端设备B虽然检测到了指示信息,但是网络设备发送的指示信息实际是没有考虑到终端设备B在第三时域资源上是否开启DCI检测功能的这种情况。例如,如果该指示信息用于指示在第三时域资源上检测DCI。终端设备B虽然在第三时域资源上开始检测DCI,但是并不会检测到网络设备针对终端设备B发送的DCI。为了减少终端设备B检测DCI的功耗,终端设备B如果在一定时间内 没有检测到调度自己数据传输的DCI,可以重新发起资源请求。Further, it is assumed that the instruction information is valid for both terminal device A and terminal device B, and terminal device A and terminal device B respectively send resource requests on their respective first time domain resources (first time domain corresponding to different terminal devices) The resources may be the same or different), but the network device only detects the resource request sent by terminal device A, but not the resource request sent by terminal device B. This will cause terminal device B to detect the indication information, but The instruction information sent by the network device actually does not take into consideration the situation in which the terminal device B turns on the DCI detection function on the third time domain resource. For example, if the indication information is used to indicate to detect DCI on the third time domain resource. Although the terminal device B starts to detect the DCI on the third time domain resource, it does not detect the DCI sent by the network device for the terminal device B. In order to reduce the power consumption of the terminal device B to detect DCI, if the terminal device B does not detect the DCI for scheduling its own data transmission within a certain period of time, it can re-initiate a resource request.
可选的,在本申请一些可能的实现方式中,当终端设备在第二时域资源检上检测到指示信息,并且该指示信息用于指示终端设备在第三时域资源上检测该DCI的情况下,或者,该指示信息用于指示第三时域资源的情况下,以图7为例,在图2所示的方法步骤的基础上,该方法200还包括:S240。Optionally, in some possible implementation manners of the present application, when the terminal device detects indication information on the second time domain resource detection, and the indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to detect the DCI on the third time domain resource In this case, or in the case where the indication information is used to indicate the third time domain resource, taking FIG. 7 as an example, on the basis of the method steps shown in FIG. 2, the method 200 further includes: S240.
S240,该指示信息用于指示终端设备在第三时域资源上检测该DCI的情况下,或者,该指示信息用于指示第三时域资源的情况下,该终端设备在第三时域资源上检测该DCI。S240. When the indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to detect the DCI on the third time domain resource, or when the indication information is used to indicate the third time domain resource, the terminal device is in the third time domain resource. Detect the DCI on.
图7所示的S210至230的描述可以参考上述对S210至230的描述,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。For the description of S210 to 230 shown in FIG. 7, reference may be made to the above description of S210 to 230. For brevity, the details are not repeated here.
在S240中,当终端设备在第二时域资源上检测到第一信号。或者,当终端设备在第二时域资源检测到某一类型的第一信号,并且第一信号的类型用于指示终端设备在第三时域资源上检测该DCI或者用于指示第三时域资源。或者,终端设备在第二时域资源上检测到了承载于控制信道的指示信息,并且该指示信息用于指示终端设备在第三时域资源上检测该DCI或者用于指示第三时域资源。则终端设备在第三时域资源上检测DCI。终端设备可以根据指示信息的指示或者预定义的时域偏移值(第一时域偏移值、第二时域偏移值或者第三时域偏移值),确定第三时域资源的时域位置。该DCI中包括对终端设备发送的资源请求的响应信息。该DCI可以通过PDCCH或PDSCH传输,也可以通过其他物理传输信道,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。例如,DCI可以为上行调度准许(UL grant)。终端设备根据检测到的DCI,可以使用DCI指示的传输参数进行上行数据传输或侧行数据传输。In S240, when the terminal device detects the first signal on the second time domain resource. Or, when the terminal device detects a certain type of first signal on the second time domain resource, and the type of the first signal is used to instruct the terminal device to detect the DCI on the third time domain resource or to indicate the third time domain Resources. Alternatively, the terminal device detects the indication information carried on the control channel on the second time domain resource, and the indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to detect the DCI on the third time domain resource or to indicate the third time domain resource. Then the terminal device detects the DCI on the third time domain resource. The terminal device may determine the value of the third time domain resource according to the indication of the indication information or the predefined time domain offset value (the first time domain offset value, the second time domain offset value or the third time domain offset value) Time domain location. The DCI includes response information to the resource request sent by the terminal device. The DCI may be transmitted through PDCCH or PDSCH, or through other physical transmission channels, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application. For example, the DCI may be an uplink scheduling grant (UL grant). According to the detected DCI, the terminal device can use the transmission parameters indicated by the DCI to perform uplink data transmission or side-line data transmission.
本申请提供的资源请求的方法,终端设备在第一时域资源上发送资源请求之后,不会立即开始检测网络设备发送的响应于该资源请求的DCI,而是根据在第二时域资源上检测到的指示信息,当指示信息指示在第三时域资源上检测网络设备发送的DCI时,才在第三时域资源上开始检测DCI,在第一时域资源到第二时域资源之间的时间间隔、以及第二时域资源到第三时域资源之间的时间间隔内,终端设备不用检测网络设备发送的DCI,可以节省终端设备的功耗,增加终端设备的使用寿命,提高用户体验。In the resource request method provided in this application, after the terminal device sends the resource request on the first time domain resource, it will not immediately start to detect the DCI sent by the network device in response to the resource request, but based on the data on the second time domain resource. The detected indication information. When the indication information indicates that the DCI sent by the network device is detected on the third time domain resource, the DCI detection is started on the third time domain resource, and the DCI is detected between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource. In the time interval between the second time domain resource and the third time domain resource, the terminal device does not need to detect the DCI sent by the network device, which can save the power consumption of the terminal device, increase the service life of the terminal device, and increase the user experience.
当指示信息指示在第三时域资源上不检测网络设备发送的DCI,或者指示信息用于指示第四时域资源的情况下,终端设备在第三时域资源上不用检测DCI,或者在第四时域资源上不检测DCI,也可以节省终端设备的功耗,增加终端设备的使用寿命。When the indication information indicates that the DCI sent by the network device is not detected on the third time domain resource, or the indication information is used to indicate the fourth time domain resource, the terminal device does not need to detect the DCI on the third time domain resource or is Without detecting DCI on the four-time domain resources, the power consumption of the terminal equipment can also be saved, and the service life of the terminal equipment can be increased.
应理解,图3所示的步骤中也可以包括S240。It should be understood that S240 may also be included in the steps shown in FIG. 3.
可选的,在本申请一些可能的实现方式中,以图8为例,在图2所示的方法步骤的基础上,该方法200还包括:S209。Optionally, in some possible implementation manners of the present application, taking FIG. 8 as an example, on the basis of the method steps shown in FIG. 2, the method 200 further includes: S209.
S209,网络设备向终端设备发送触发信息,该触发信息用于指示该终端设备根据该指示信息确定是否检测该DCI。S209: The network device sends trigger information to the terminal device, where the trigger information is used to instruct the terminal device to determine whether to detect the DCI according to the instruction information.
图8所示的S210至230的描述可以参考上述对S210至230的描述,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。For the description of S210 to 230 shown in FIG. 8, reference may be made to the above description of S210 to 230. For brevity, the details are not repeated here.
在本申请实施例中,终端设备在第一时域资源上发送资源请求之后,需要先在第二时域资源上检测指示信息,再根据指示信息确定在第三时域资源上是否检测网络设备发送的DCI,或者确定在第四时域资源上不检测DCI。终端设备需要等到检测到指示信息后才确 定是否开始检测DCI的这个处理流程可以是触发的。在S209中,网络设备可以向该终端设备发送触发信息,触发信息用于指示终端设备是否开启需要等到检测到指示信息后,才确定是否开始检测DCI的处理流程。触发信息可以是用于指示终端设备在第一时域资源上发送资源请求之后立即开始DCI的检测,或者,可以是用于指示终端设备在第一时域资源上发送资源请求后,需要等到在第二时域资源上检测指示信息,然后根据指示信息确定是否在第三时域资源上检测该DCI,或者确定在第四时域资源上不检测该DCI。例如,假设用1bit表示触发信息,当该比特取值为0的时候,可以表示终端设备在发送资源请求之后,立即开始检测网络设备发送的DCI。当该比特取值为1的时候,可以表示终端设备在发送资源请求之后,需要检测指示信息,然后根据指示信息才能确定是否开始DCI的检测。In the embodiment of the present application, after the terminal device sends a resource request on the first time domain resource, it needs to first detect the indication information on the second time domain resource, and then determine whether to detect the network device on the third time domain resource according to the indication information DCI sent, or it is determined not to detect DCI on the fourth time domain resource. The terminal device needs to wait until the indication information is detected before determining whether to start detecting the DCI. This processing flow may be triggered. In S209, the network device may send trigger information to the terminal device. The trigger information is used to indicate whether the terminal device is turned on or not. After the indication information is detected, it is determined whether to start the process of detecting DCI. The trigger information can be used to instruct the terminal device to start DCI detection immediately after sending the resource request on the first time domain resource, or it can be used to instruct the terminal device to wait until the terminal device sends the resource request on the first time domain resource. The indication information is detected on the second time domain resource, and then it is determined according to the indication information whether to detect the DCI on the third time domain resource, or it is determined not to detect the DCI on the fourth time domain resource. For example, assuming that 1 bit is used to represent trigger information, when the value of this bit is 0, it can indicate that the terminal device immediately starts to detect the DCI sent by the network device after sending the resource request. When the value of this bit is 1, it can indicate that the terminal device needs to detect the indication information after sending the resource request, and then can determine whether to start DCI detection according to the indication information.
可选的,网络设备还可以根据检测到的不同类型的资源请求(以SR为例进行说明),确定是否发送指示信息。例如,对于一个终端设备而言,至少存在两种类型的SR,网络设备根据检测到的SR类型,确定是否发送指示信息。当终端设备需要传输的业务数据对时延要求比较敏感时,终端设备可以发送第一类型的SR,在这种情况下,网络设备可以不发送指示信息,而令终端设备在发送完第一类型的SR之后立即开始检测DCI。但是,如果网络设备侧已经出现网络拥塞等情况,也可以发送指示信息,指示终端设备先检测指示信息再确定是否开始检测DCI。如果终端设备需要传输的业务数据对时延要求不敏感,终端设备可以发送第二类型的SR,网络设备基于检测到的第二类型SR,可以发送指示信息,令终端设备先检测指示信息再确定是否开始检测DCI。通过这种方式,在满足数据传输时延需求的同时,还可以尽可能地降低终端设备检测DCI所需要花费的功耗。Optionally, the network device may also determine whether to send the instruction information according to the detected resource requests of different types (using SR as an example for illustration). For example, for a terminal device, there are at least two types of SR, and the network device determines whether to send instruction information according to the detected SR type. When the service data that the terminal device needs to transmit is sensitive to the delay requirement, the terminal device can send the first type of SR. In this case, the network device may not send the instruction information, and the terminal device can send the first type of SR. The DCI is detected immediately after the SR. However, if network congestion has occurred on the network device side, indication information may also be sent to instruct the terminal device to first detect the indication information and then determine whether to start detecting DCI. If the service data that the terminal device needs to transmit is not sensitive to the delay requirements, the terminal device can send the second type of SR, and the network device can send indication information based on the detected second type SR, so that the terminal device first detects the indication information and then determines Whether to start detecting DCI. In this way, while meeting the data transmission delay requirement, the power consumption required for the terminal device to detect the DCI can also be reduced as much as possible.
应该理解的是,资源请求的类型与终端设备是否需要检测到指示信息,才能确定是否需要检测DCI的处理流程之间的对应关系可以是预定义的或者是由信令配置的。例如,第一类型的资源请求与终端设备发送该资源请求之后立即开始DCI的检测的处理流程对应,第二类型的资源请求与终端设备发送该资源请求之后,需要检测到指示信息才能确定是否需要检测DCI的处理流程对应。还应理解,资源请求的类型还可以与时域偏移值(例如,第一时域偏移值、第二时域偏移值、第三时域偏移值)之间存在对应关系。不同类型的资源请求用于指示不同的时域偏移值。网络设备可以根据终端设备发送的资源请求的类型,确定为该终端设备预定于或者预配置哪种时域偏移值。It should be understood that the correspondence between the type of the resource request and whether the terminal device needs to detect the indication information in order to determine whether the DCI needs to be detected can be pre-defined or configured by signaling. For example, the first type of resource request corresponds to the processing flow of DCI detection immediately after the terminal device sends the resource request, and the second type of resource request corresponds to the detection of the indication information after the terminal device sends the resource request to determine whether it is needed. Corresponding to the processing flow of detecting DCI. It should also be understood that there may also be a corresponding relationship between the type of the resource request and the time domain offset value (for example, the first time domain offset value, the second time domain offset value, and the third time domain offset value). Different types of resource requests are used to indicate different time domain offset values. The network device may determine which time domain offset value is scheduled or pre-configured for the terminal device according to the type of the resource request sent by the terminal device.
还应理解,图3或者图7所示的步骤中也可以包括S209。It should also be understood that S209 may also be included in the steps shown in FIG. 3 or FIG. 7.
可选的,在申请实施例中,如果终端设备在第一时域资源上发送资源请求之后,在预定义或者预配置的第二时域资源上没有接收到指示信息的情况下,该终端设备可以在第二时域资源之后距离该第二时域资源最近的时域资源上继续发送资源请求。例如,距离该第二时域资源最近的时域资源可以是该第二时域资源之后的下一个子帧或者下一个时隙。又例如,如果资源请求是周期性发送的,则距离该第二时域资源最近的时域资源可以是该第二时域资源之后最近(最早)的该资源请求的发送周期对应的时域资源。Optionally, in the application embodiment, if the terminal device does not receive indication information on the predefined or pre-configured second time domain resource after sending the resource request on the first time domain resource, the terminal device The resource request may continue to be sent on the time domain resource closest to the second time domain resource after the second time domain resource. For example, the time domain resource closest to the second time domain resource may be the next subframe or the next time slot after the second time domain resource. For another example, if the resource request is sent periodically, the time domain resource closest to the second time domain resource may be the time domain resource corresponding to the sending period of the resource request that is the closest (earliest) after the second time domain resource. .
可选的,在申请实施例中,如果终端设备在第一时域资源发送资源请求之后,在两个第二时域资源上检测到指示信息,则该终端设备以最后一次检测到的指示信息为准,即根据最后一次检测到的指示信息,确定是否在第三时域资源上检测用于响应该资源请求的DCI,或者确定在第四时域资源上不检测DCI。Optionally, in the application embodiment, if the terminal device detects indication information on two second time domain resources after sending the resource request for the first time domain resource, the terminal device uses the last detected indication information Whichever is true, that is, according to the indication information detected the last time, it is determined whether to detect the DCI used to respond to the resource request on the third time domain resource, or to determine not to detect the DCI on the fourth time domain resource.
可选的,在本申请一些可能的实现方式中,为了防止终端设备发送的资源请求没有被 网络设备检测到的情况,终端设备在发送资源请求之后,可以在第一时域资源开始时刻,或者在第二时域资源开始时刻,启动一个定时器,如果在该定时器内没有检测到指示信息,则终端设备可以在定时器结束之后,继续发送资源请求,以提高资源请求被网络设备检测到的可能性,提高资源请求传输的可靠性。Optionally, in some possible implementation manners of the present application, in order to prevent the resource request sent by the terminal device from being detected by the network device, the terminal device may start at the first time domain resource start time after sending the resource request, or At the beginning of the second time domain resource, a timer is started. If no indication information is detected within the timer, the terminal device can continue to send resource requests after the timer expires to improve the resource request being detected by the network device. Possibility to improve the reliability of resource request transmission.
应理解,在申请实施例中,可选地,即使终端设备开启了控制信道(例如PDCCH)检测功能,但如果没有接收到指示信息,也可以不进行控制信息(DCI)的检测。进一步的,网络设备可以为终端设备分别配置检测下行调度信息和上行调度信息(响应于资源请求的控制信息)的参数。下行调度信息用于调度终端设备与网络设备之间下行数据传输的资源。上行调度信息(例如可以是DCI)可以用于调度终端设备与网络设备之间上行数据传输的资源和/或该终端设备的侧行数据传输的资源。可选的,该上行调度信息的参数可以包括PDCCH盲检测次数、承载调度信息的控制信道对应的聚合等级等,这样可以更加灵活地实现降低终端设备检测该DCI的功耗。It should be understood that, in the application embodiment, optionally, even if the terminal device enables the control channel (for example, PDCCH) detection function, if the indication information is not received, the control information (DCI) detection may not be performed. Further, the network device may separately configure parameters for detecting downlink scheduling information and uplink scheduling information (control information in response to resource requests) for the terminal device. The downlink scheduling information is used to schedule resources for downlink data transmission between the terminal equipment and the network equipment. The uplink scheduling information (for example, DCI) may be used to schedule resources for uplink data transmission between a terminal device and a network device and/or resources for sideline data transmission of the terminal device. Optionally, the parameters of the uplink scheduling information may include the number of blind detections of the PDCCH, the aggregation level corresponding to the control channel carrying the scheduling information, etc., so that the power consumption of the terminal device for detecting the DCI can be reduced more flexibly.
还理解,在申请实施例中,可选地,如果终端设备开启了控制信道(例如PDCCH)检测功能之后(包括对下行调度信息、上行调度信息以及侧行链路调度信息的检测),且在检测PDCCH过程中,接收到网络设备发送的GTS信令,则为了保证终端设备的上行数据和/或侧行数据的传输性能,终端设备可以只停止对下行调度信息的检测,但继续检测上行调度信息和侧行链路调度信息(响应于资源请求的DCI)。可选地,终端设备可以通过默认配置的DCI格式继续检测上行调度信息。从而保障上行传输和侧行数据的传输。It is also understood that, in the application embodiment, optionally, if the terminal device has enabled the control channel (for example, PDCCH) detection function (including the detection of downlink scheduling information, uplink scheduling information, and sidelink scheduling information), and after In the process of detecting the PDCCH, when the GTS signaling sent by the network device is received, in order to ensure the transmission performance of the terminal device's uplink data and/or sideline data, the terminal device can only stop the detection of the downlink scheduling information, but continue to detect the uplink scheduling Information and side link scheduling information (DCI in response to resource requests). Optionally, the terminal device may continue to detect the uplink scheduling information through the DCI format configured by default. So as to ensure the transmission of upstream transmission and side-line data.
应理解,本申请实施例中的方式、情况、类别以及实施例的划分仅是为了描述的方便,不应构成特别的限定,各种方式、类别、情况以及实施例中的特征在不矛盾的情况下可以相结合。It should be understood that the methods, situations, categories, and the division of the embodiments in the embodiments of this application are only for the convenience of description and should not constitute special limitations. The various methods, categories, situations, and features in the embodiments are not contradictory. Circumstances can be combined.
还应理解,在本申请的实施例中涉及的各种数字编号仅为描述方便进行的区分,并不用来限制本申请的实施例的范围。上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should also be understood that the various numerical numbers involved in the embodiments of the present application are only for easy distinction for description, and are not used to limit the scope of the embodiments of the present application. The size of the sequence number of the foregoing processes does not mean the order of execution. The execution order of the processes should be determined by their functions and internal logic, and should not constitute any limitation on the implementation process of the embodiments of the present application.
还应理解,上述只是为了帮助本领域技术人员更好地理解本申请实施例,而非要限制本申请实施例的范围。本领域技术人员根据所给出的上述示例,显然可以进行各种等价的修改或变化,例如,上述方法200中某些步骤可以是不必须的,或者可以新加入某些步骤等。或者上述任意两种或者任意多种实施例的组合。这样的修改、变化或者组合后的方案也落入本申请实施例的范围内。It should also be understood that the foregoing is only to help those skilled in the art to better understand the embodiments of the present application, and is not intended to limit the scope of the embodiments of the present application. Those skilled in the art can obviously make various equivalent modifications or changes based on the above examples given. For example, some steps in the above method 200 may be unnecessary, or some steps may be newly added. Or a combination of any two or any of the above embodiments. Such a modified, changed or combined solution also falls within the scope of the embodiments of the present application.
还应理解,上文对本申请实施例的描述着重于强调各个实施例之间的不同之处,未提到的相同或相似之处可以互相参考,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。It should also be understood that the above description of the embodiments of the present application focuses on emphasizing the differences between the various embodiments, and the same or similarities that are not mentioned can be referred to each other, and for the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here.
还应理解,本申请实施例中,“预定义”可以通过在设备(例如,包括终端设备和网络设备)中预先保存相应的代码、表格或其他可用于指示相关信息的方式来实现,本申请对于其具体的实现方式不做限定。It should also be understood that in the embodiments of this application, "pre-defined" can be implemented by pre-saving corresponding codes, tables, or other methods that can be used to indicate related information in devices (for example, including terminal devices and network devices). There is no limitation on its specific implementation.
以上结合图1至图8对本申请实施例的资源请求的方法做了详细说明。以下,结合图9至图15对本申请实施例通信装置进行详细说明。The resource request method of the embodiment of the present application has been described in detail above in conjunction with FIG. 1 to FIG. 8. Hereinafter, the communication device according to the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 9 to 15.
图9示出了本申请实施例的通信装置300的示意性框图,该装置300可以对应上述方法200至方法500中描述的终端设备,也可以是应用于终端设备的芯片或组件,并且,该 装置300中各模块或单元分别用于执行上述方法200中终端设备所执行的各动作或处理过程。FIG. 9 shows a schematic block diagram of a communication device 300 according to an embodiment of the present application. The device 300 may correspond to the terminal device described in the above method 200 to method 500, or may be a chip or component applied to the terminal device, and Each module or unit in the device 300 is respectively used to execute each action or processing procedure performed by the terminal device in the method 200 described above.
如图9所示,该装置300可以包括处理单元310和收发单元320。收发单元320用于在处理单元310的驱动下执行具体的信号收发。As shown in FIG. 9, the device 300 may include a processing unit 310 and a transceiving unit 320. The transceiving unit 320 is configured to perform specific signal transceiving under the driving of the processing unit 310.
处理单元310,用于生成资源请求,该资源请求用于请求数据传输资源。The processing unit 310 is configured to generate a resource request, and the resource request is used to request data transmission resources.
收发单元320,用于在第一时域资源上发送资源请求,该资源请求用于请求数据传输资源。The transceiver unit 320 is configured to send a resource request on the first time domain resource, where the resource request is used to request data transmission resources.
该收发单元320,还用于在第二时域资源上接收指示信息,该指示信息用于指示该通信装置在第三时域资源上检测DCI,该DCI用于响应该资源请求,或者,该指示信息用于指示该通信装置在第三时间时域资源上不检测DCI,该DCI用于响应该资源请求。The transceiving unit 320 is further configured to receive indication information on the second time domain resource, the indication information is used to instruct the communication device to detect DCI on the third time domain resource, the DCI is used to respond to the resource request, or the The indication information is used to indicate that the communication device does not detect DCI on the third time time domain resource, and the DCI is used to respond to the resource request.
本申请提供的通信装置,该通信装置在第一时域资源上发送资源请求之后,不会立即开始检测网络设备发送的响应于该资源请求的DCI,而是在第二时域资源上接收的指示信息,根据指示信息的指示确定是否需要在第三时域资源上检测网络设备发送的DCI。在第一时域资源到第二时域资源之间的时间间隔、以及第二时域资源到第三时域资源之间的时间间隔内,通信装置不用检测网络设备发送的DCI,可以节省通信装置的功耗,增加通信装置的使用寿命,提高用户体验。The communication device provided by the present application, after the communication device sends a resource request on the first time domain resource, it does not immediately start to detect the DCI sent by the network device in response to the resource request, but receives it on the second time domain resource. The indication information determines whether it is necessary to detect the DCI sent by the network device on the third time domain resource according to the indication of the indication information. In the time interval between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource and the time interval between the second time domain resource and the third time domain resource, the communication device does not need to detect the DCI sent by the network device, which can save communication The power consumption of the device increases the service life of the communication device and improves the user experience.
可选的,在本申请的一些实施例中,该指示信息用于指示承载DCI的第三时域资源,该DCI用于调度该数据传输资源,或者,该指示信息用于指示第四时域资源,该第四时域资源上不承载用于调度该数据传输资源的DCI。Optionally, in some embodiments of the present application, the indication information is used to indicate the third time domain resource that carries DCI, and the DCI is used to schedule the data transmission resource, or the indication information is used to indicate the fourth time domain. Resource, the fourth time domain resource does not carry the DCI used to schedule the data transmission resource.
可选的,在本申请的一些实施例中,该指示信息通过第一信号承载,或者,该指示信息通过控制信道传输。Optionally, in some embodiments of the present application, the indication information is carried by a first signal, or the indication information is transmitted through a control channel.
可选的,在本申请的一些实施例中,该收发单元320,还用于在第二时域资源上,采用以下方式中的至少一种检测该控制信道:Optionally, in some embodiments of the present application, the transceiver unit 320 is further configured to detect the control channel on the second time domain resource in at least one of the following ways:
在第一聚合等级AL对应的候选检测位置检测该控制信道;Detecting the control channel at the candidate detection position corresponding to the first aggregation level AL;
采用第一DCI格式检测该控制信道;Use the first DCI format to detect the control channel;
在第一控制资源集的时频资源上检测该控制信道;Detecting the control channel on the time-frequency resource of the first control resource set;
在第一搜索空间上检测该控制信道;Detecting the control channel on the first search space;
其中,该第一AL、该第一DCI格式、该第一控制资源集、该第一搜索空间中的至少一个是预定义的或者是由信令配置的。Wherein, at least one of the first AL, the first DCI format, the first control resource set, and the first search space is predefined or configured by signaling.
可选的,在本申请的一些实施例中,该处理单元310,还用于根据该第一时域资源和偏移值,确定该第二时域资源,该偏移值为预定义的或者是由信令配置的。Optionally, in some embodiments of the present application, the processing unit 310 is further configured to determine the second time domain resource according to the first time domain resource and an offset value, where the offset value is predefined or It is configured by signaling.
可选的,在本申请的一些实施例中,该指示信息包括时域偏移值,该时域偏移值用于指示该第三时域资源的时域位置;或者,该指示信息包括该第三时域资源的时域位置。Optionally, in some embodiments of the present application, the indication information includes a time domain offset value, and the time domain offset value is used to indicate the time domain position of the third time domain resource; or, the indication information includes the The time domain location of the third time domain resource.
可选的,在本申请的一些实施例中,该时域偏移值包括:Optionally, in some embodiments of the present application, the time domain offset value includes:
第一时域偏移值、第二时域偏移值、第三时域偏移值中的至少一个,At least one of the first time domain offset value, the second time domain offset value, and the third time domain offset value,
该第一时域偏移值为该第一时域资源与该第三时域资源在时域上的偏移值;The first time domain offset value is an offset value of the first time domain resource and the third time domain resource in the time domain;
该第二时域偏移值为该第二时域资源与该第三时域资源在时域上的偏移值;The second time domain offset value is an offset value of the second time domain resource and the third time domain resource in the time domain;
该第三时域偏移值为第五时域资源与该第三时域资源在时域上偏移值,该第五时域资源在时域上位于该第二时域资源之后且位于该第三时域资源之前,该第五时域资源与该第 二时域资源之间的偏移值,和/或该第五时域资源与该第一时域资源之间的偏移值为预定义的或者是由信令配置的。The third time domain offset value is the offset value of the fifth time domain resource and the third time domain resource in the time domain, and the fifth time domain resource is located behind the second time domain resource in the time domain and is located in the Before the third time domain resource, the offset value between the fifth time domain resource and the second time domain resource, and/or the offset value between the fifth time domain resource and the first time domain resource Pre-defined or configured by signaling.
可选的,在本申请的一些实施例中,该指示信息包含于第一信息中,该第一信息用于触发该通信装置在非连续接收DRX状态下开启控制信息检测功能或者不开启控制信息检测功能,和/或,该第一信息用于触发该通信装置在非连续接收DRX状态下,停止对控制信息的检测或者不停止对控制信息的检测。Optionally, in some embodiments of the present application, the indication information is included in the first information, and the first information is used to trigger the communication device to turn on the control information detection function or not to turn on the control information in the discontinuous DRX state The detection function, and/or, the first information is used to trigger the communication device to stop the detection of the control information or not to stop the detection of the control information in the state of discontinuous reception of the DRX.
可选的,在本申请的一些实施例中,该第一信号与时域偏移值存在对应关系,该时域偏移值用于该通信装置确定该第三时域资源。Optionally, in some embodiments of the present application, the first signal has a corresponding relationship with a time domain offset value, and the time domain offset value is used by the communication device to determine the third time domain resource.
可选的,在本申请的一些实施例中,该收发单元320,还用于接收触发信息,该触发信息用于指示该通信装置根据该指示信息确定是否检测该DCI。Optionally, in some embodiments of the present application, the transceiver unit 320 is further configured to receive trigger information, where the trigger information is used to instruct the communication device to determine whether to detect the DCI according to the instruction information.
进一步的,该装置300还可以该存储单元,收发单元320可以是收发器、输入/输出接口或接口电路。存储单元用于存储收发单元320和处理单元310执行的指令。收发单元320、处理单元310和存储单元相互耦合,存储单元存储指令,处理单元310用于执行存储单元存储的指令,收发单元320用于在处理单元310的驱动下执行具体的信号收发。Further, the device 300 may also be the storage unit, and the transceiving unit 320 may be a transceiver, an input/output interface, or an interface circuit. The storage unit is used to store instructions executed by the transceiver unit 320 and the processing unit 310. The transceiving unit 320, the processing unit 310, and the storage unit are coupled to each other, the storage unit stores instructions, the processing unit 310 is used to execute the instructions stored in the storage unit, and the transceiving unit 320 is used to perform specific signal transceiving under the driving of the processing unit 310.
应理解,装置300中各单元执行上述相应步骤的具体过程请参照前文中结合方法200、以及图2、图3、图7、图8中相关实施例的终端设备相关的描述,为了简洁,这里不加赘述。It should be understood that the specific process for each unit in the device 300 to perform the above-mentioned corresponding steps please refer to the foregoing description of the terminal device in conjunction with the method 200 and the related embodiments in FIG. 2, FIG. 3, FIG. 7, and FIG. 8. For the sake of brevity, here Do not repeat it.
可选的,收发单元320可以包括接收单元(模块)和发送单元(模块),用于执行前述方法200的各个实施例以及图2、图3、图7、图8所示的实施例中终端设备接收信息和发送信息的步骤。Optionally, the transceiving unit 320 may include a receiving unit (module) and a sending unit (module), which are used to execute the various embodiments of the foregoing method 200 and the terminal in the embodiments shown in FIG. 2, FIG. 3, FIG. 7, and FIG. 8. Steps for the device to receive and send information.
应理解,收发单元320可以是收发器、输入/输出接口或接口电路。存储单元可以是存储器。处理单元310可由处理器实现。如图10所示,通信装置400可以包括处理器410、存储器420、收发器430和总线系统440。通信装置400的各个组件通过总线系统440耦合在一起,其中总线系统440除包括数据总线之外,还可以包括电源总线、控制总线和状态信号总线等。但是为了清楚说明起见,在图10中将各种总线都标为总线系统440。为便于表示,图10中仅是示意性画出。It should be understood that the transceiving unit 320 may be a transceiver, an input/output interface, or an interface circuit. The storage unit may be a memory. The processing unit 310 may be implemented by a processor. As shown in FIG. 10, the communication device 400 may include a processor 410, a memory 420, a transceiver 430, and a bus system 440. The various components of the communication device 400 are coupled together through a bus system 440, where the bus system 440 may include a power bus, a control bus, a status signal bus, etc., in addition to a data bus. However, for clear description, various buses are marked as the bus system 440 in FIG. 10. For ease of illustration, FIG. 10 is only schematically drawn.
图9所示的通信装置300或图10所示的通信装置400能够实现前述方法200的各个实施例以及图2、图3、图7、图8所示的实施例中终端设备执行的步骤。类似的描述可以参考前述对应的方法中的描述。为避免重复,这里不再赘述。The communication device 300 shown in FIG. 9 or the communication device 400 shown in FIG. 10 can implement the various embodiments of the foregoing method 200 and the steps performed by the terminal device in the embodiments shown in FIG. 2, FIG. 3, FIG. 7, and FIG. For similar descriptions, reference can be made to the descriptions in the aforementioned corresponding methods. To avoid repetition, I won’t repeat them here.
还应理解,图9所示的通信装置300或图10所示的通信装置400可以为终端设备。It should also be understood that the communication device 300 shown in FIG. 9 or the communication device 400 shown in FIG. 10 may be a terminal device.
图11示出了本申请实施例的通信装置500的示意性框图,该装置500可以对应上述方法200中描述的网络设备,也可以是应用于网络设备的芯片或组件,并且,该装置500中各模块或单元分别用于执行上述方法200中网络设备所执行的各动作或处理过程。FIG. 11 shows a schematic block diagram of a communication device 500 according to an embodiment of the present application. The device 500 may correspond to the network device described in the above method 200, or may be a chip or component applied to the network device, and the device 500 may Each module or unit is respectively used to execute each action or processing procedure performed by the network device in the above method 200.
如图11所示,该装置500可以包括收发单元510和处理单元520。收发单元520用于在处理单元510的驱动下执行具体的信号收发。As shown in FIG. 11, the device 500 may include a transceiver unit 510 and a processing unit 520. The transceiving unit 520 is configured to perform specific signal transceiving under the driving of the processing unit 510.
收发单元510,用于在第一时域资源上接收来自于终端设备的资源请求,该资源请求用于请求数据传输资源。The transceiver unit 510 is configured to receive a resource request from a terminal device on the first time domain resource, where the resource request is used to request data transmission resources.
处理单元520,用于生成指示信息。The processing unit 520 is configured to generate instruction information.
该收发单元510,还用于在第二时域资源上向该终端设备发送指示信息,该指示信息 用于指示承载DCI的第三时域资源,该DCI用于调度该数据传输资源,或者,该指示信息用于指示第四时域资源,该第四时域资源上不承载用于调度该数据传输资源的DCI。The transceiver unit 510 is further configured to send indication information to the terminal device on the second time domain resource, where the indication information is used to indicate a third time domain resource carrying DCI, and the DCI is used to schedule the data transmission resource, or, The indication information is used to indicate the fourth time domain resource, and the fourth time domain resource does not carry the DCI used to schedule the data transmission resource.
本申请提供的通信装置,通信装置在第一时域资源上接收到终端设备发送的资源请求之后,不会立即向终端指示检测响应于该资源请求的DCI,而是在第二时域资源上向终端设备发送指示信息,该指示信息用于指示终端设备是否需要在第三时域资源上检测网络设备发送的DCI。在第一时域资源到第二时域资源之间的时间间隔、以及第二时域资源到第三时域资源之间的时间间隔内,终端设备不用检测的DCI,可以节省终端设备的功耗,增加终端设备的使用寿命,提高用户体验。In the communication device provided by the present application, after receiving the resource request sent by the terminal device on the first time domain resource, the communication device does not immediately instruct the terminal to detect the DCI in response to the resource request, but on the second time domain resource Send instruction information to the terminal device, where the instruction information is used to indicate whether the terminal device needs to detect the DCI sent by the network device on the third time domain resource. In the time interval between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource, and the time interval between the second time domain resource and the third time domain resource, the terminal device does not need to detect DCI, which can save the power of the terminal device. Consumption, increase the service life of terminal equipment, and improve user experience.
可选的,在本申请的一些实施例中,该指示信息用于指示该通信装置在第三时域资源上检测DCI,该DCI用于响应该资源请求,或者,该指示信息用于指示该通信装置在第三时间时域资源上不检测DCI,该DCI用于响应该资源请求。Optionally, in some embodiments of the present application, the indication information is used to instruct the communication device to detect DCI on the third time domain resource, the DCI is used to respond to the resource request, or the indication information is used to indicate the The communication device does not detect DCI on the third time time domain resource, and the DCI is used to respond to the resource request.
可选的,在本申请的一些实施例中,该指示信息通过第一信号承载,或者,该指示信息通过控制信道传输。Optionally, in some embodiments of the present application, the indication information is carried by a first signal, or the indication information is transmitted through a control channel.
可选的,在本申请的一些实施例中,该收发单元510,还用于在第二时域资源上,采用采用以下方式中的至少一种向该终端设备发送控制信道;Optionally, in some embodiments of the present application, the transceiver unit 510 is further configured to use at least one of the following methods to send a control channel to the terminal device on the second time domain resource;
在第一聚合等级AL对应的候选发送位置向该终端设备发送该控制信道;Sending the control channel to the terminal device at the candidate sending position corresponding to the first aggregation level AL;
采用第一DCI格式向该终端设备发送该控制信道;Sending the control channel to the terminal device in the first DCI format;
在第一控制资源集的时频资源上向该终端设备发送该控制信道;Sending the control channel to the terminal device on the time-frequency resource of the first control resource set;
在第一搜索空间上向该终端设备发送该控制信道;Sending the control channel to the terminal device in the first search space;
其中,其中,该第一AL、该第一DCI格式、该第一控制资源集、该第一搜索空间中的至少一个是预定义的或者是由信令配置的。Wherein, at least one of the first AL, the first DCI format, the first control resource set, and the first search space is predefined or configured by signaling.
可选的,在本申请的一些实施例中,该处理单元520,还用于根据该第一时域资源和偏移值,确定该第二时域资源,该偏移值为预定义的或者是由信令配置的。Optionally, in some embodiments of the present application, the processing unit 520 is further configured to determine the second time domain resource according to the first time domain resource and an offset value, where the offset value is predefined or It is configured by signaling.
可选的,在本申请的一些实施例中,该指示信息包括时域偏移值,该时域偏移值用于指示该第三时域资源的时域位置;或者,该指示信息包括该第三时域资源的时域位置。Optionally, in some embodiments of the present application, the indication information includes a time domain offset value, and the time domain offset value is used to indicate the time domain position of the third time domain resource; or, the indication information includes the The time domain location of the third time domain resource.
可选的,在本申请的一些实施例中,该时域偏移值包括:Optionally, in some embodiments of the present application, the time domain offset value includes:
第一时域偏移值、第二时域偏移值、第三时域偏移值中的至少一个,At least one of the first time domain offset value, the second time domain offset value, and the third time domain offset value,
该第一时域偏移值为该第一时域资源与该第三时域资源在时域上的偏移值;The first time domain offset value is an offset value of the first time domain resource and the third time domain resource in the time domain;
该第二时域偏移值为该第二时域资源与该第三时域资源在时域上的偏移值;The second time domain offset value is an offset value of the second time domain resource and the third time domain resource in the time domain;
该第三时域偏移值为第五时域资源与该第三时域资源在时域上偏移值,该第五时域资源在时域上位于该第二时域资源之后且位于该第三时域资源之前,该第五时域资源与该第二时域资源之间的偏移值,和/或,该第五时域资源与该第一时域资源之间的偏移值为预定义的或者是由信令配置的。The third time domain offset value is the offset value of the fifth time domain resource and the third time domain resource in the time domain, and the fifth time domain resource is located behind the second time domain resource in the time domain and is located in the Before the third time domain resource, the offset value between the fifth time domain resource and the second time domain resource, and/or, the offset value between the fifth time domain resource and the first time domain resource Pre-defined or configured by signaling.
可选的,在本申请的一些实施例中,该指示信息包含于第一信息中,该第一信息用于触发该终端设备在非连续接收DRX状态下开启控制信息检测功能或者不开启控制信息检测功能,和/或,该第一信息用于触发该终端设备在非连续接收DRX状态下,停止对控制信息的检测或者不停止对控制信息的检测。Optionally, in some embodiments of the present application, the indication information is included in the first information, and the first information is used to trigger the terminal device to enable the control information detection function in the discontinuous reception DRX state or not to enable the control information The detection function, and/or, the first information is used to trigger the terminal device to stop the detection of the control information or not to stop the detection of the control information in the discontinuous reception of the DRX state.
可选的,在本申请的一些实施例中,该第一信号与时域偏移值存在对应关系,该时域偏移值用于该终端设备确定该第三时域资源。Optionally, in some embodiments of the present application, the first signal has a corresponding relationship with a time domain offset value, and the time domain offset value is used by the terminal device to determine the third time domain resource.
可选的,在本申请的一些实施例中,该收发单元510,还用于向该终端设备发送触发信息,该触发信息用于指示该终端设备根据该指示信息确定是否检测该DCI。Optionally, in some embodiments of the present application, the transceiving unit 510 is further configured to send trigger information to the terminal device, where the trigger information is used to instruct the terminal device to determine whether to detect the DCI according to the indication information.
应理解,装置500中各单元执行上述相应步骤的具体过程请参照前文中结合方法200、以及图2、图3、图7、图8中相关实施例的网络设备相关的描述,为了简洁,这里不加赘述。It should be understood that, for the specific process of each unit in the apparatus 500 performing the above corresponding steps, please refer to the foregoing description of the network equipment in the above-mentioned combination of the method 200 and the related embodiments in FIG. 2, FIG. 3, FIG. 7, and FIG. 8. For the sake of brevity, here Do not repeat it.
可选的,收发单元510可以包括接收单元(模块)和发送单元(模块),用于执行前述方法200的各个实施例以及图2、图3、图7、图8所示的实施例中网络设备接收信息和发送信息的步骤。Optionally, the transceiving unit 510 may include a receiving unit (module) and a sending unit (module), which are used to execute the various embodiments of the foregoing method 200 and the network in the embodiments shown in FIG. 2, FIG. 3, FIG. 7, and FIG. Steps for the device to receive and send information.
进一步的,该装置500还可以该存储单元,收发单元510可以是收发器、输入/输出接口或接口电路。存储单元用于存储收发单元510和处理单元520执行的指令。收发单元510、处理单元520和存储单元相互耦合,存储单元存储指令,处理单元520用于执行存储单元存储的指令,收发单元510用于在处理单元520的驱动下执行具体的信号收发。Further, the device 500 may also be the storage unit, and the transceiving unit 510 may be a transceiver, an input/output interface, or an interface circuit. The storage unit is used to store instructions executed by the transceiving unit 510 and the processing unit 520. The transceiving unit 510, the processing unit 520, and the storage unit are coupled to each other, the storage unit stores instructions, the processing unit 520 is used to execute the instructions stored in the storage unit, and the transceiving unit 510 is used to perform specific signal transceiving under the driving of the processing unit 520.
应理解,收发单元520可以是收发器、输入/输出接口或接口电路。存储单元可以是存储器。处理单元310可由处理器实现。如图12所示,通信装置600可以包括处理器610、存储器620和收发器630。It should be understood that the transceiving unit 520 may be a transceiver, an input/output interface, or an interface circuit. The storage unit may be a memory. The processing unit 310 may be implemented by a processor. As shown in FIG. 12, the communication device 600 may include a processor 610, a memory 620, and a transceiver 630.
图11所示的通信装置500或图12所示的通信装置600能够实现前述各个方法实施例以及图2、图3、图7、图8所示的实施例中网络设备执行的步骤。类似的描述可以参考前述对应的方法中的描述。为避免重复,这里不再赘述。The communication device 500 shown in FIG. 11 or the communication device 600 shown in FIG. 12 can implement the steps performed by the network device in the foregoing method embodiments and the embodiments shown in FIG. 2, FIG. 3, FIG. 7, and FIG. 8. For similar descriptions, reference can be made to the descriptions in the aforementioned corresponding methods. To avoid repetition, I won’t repeat them here.
还应理解,图11所示的通信装置500或图12所示的通信装置600可以为网络设备。It should also be understood that the communication device 500 shown in FIG. 11 or the communication device 600 shown in FIG. 12 may be a network device.
还应理解,以上装置中单元的划分仅仅是一种逻辑功能的划分,实际实现时可以全部或部分集成到一个物理实体上,也可以物理上分开。且装置中的单元可以全部以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现;也可以全部以硬件的形式实现;还可以部分单元以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现,部分单元以硬件的形式实现。例如,各个单元可以为单独设立的处理元件,也可以集成在装置的某一个芯片中实现,此外,也可以以程序的形式存储于存储器中,由装置的某一个处理元件调用并执行该单元的功能。这里该处理元件又可以称为处理器,可以是一种具有信号处理能力的集成电路。在实现过程中,上述方法的各步骤或以上各个单元可以通过处理器元件中的硬件的集成逻辑电路实现或者以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现。It should also be understood that the division of units in the above device is only a division of logical functions, and may be fully or partially integrated into one physical entity in actual implementation, or may be physically separated. In addition, the units in the device can be all implemented in the form of software called by processing elements; they can also be all implemented in the form of hardware; part of the units can also be implemented in the form of software called by the processing elements, and some of the units can be implemented in the form of hardware. For example, each unit can be a separate processing element, or it can be integrated in a certain chip of the device for implementation. In addition, it can also be stored in the memory in the form of a program, which is called and executed by a certain processing element of the device. Features. Here, the processing element may also be called a processor, and may be an integrated circuit with signal processing capability. In the implementation process, each step of the above method or each of the above units may be implemented by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor element or implemented in a form of being called by software through a processing element.
在一个例子中,以上任一装置中的单元可以是被配置成实施以上方法的一个或多个集成电路,例如:一个或多个专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC),或,一个或多个数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP),或,一个或者多个现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA),或这些集成电路形式中至少两种的组合。再如,当装置中的单元可以通过处理元件调度程序的形式实现时,该处理元件可以是通用处理器,例如中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU)或其它可以调用程序的处理器。再如,这些单元可以集成在一起,以片上系统(system-on-a-chip,SOC)的形式实现。In an example, the unit in any of the above devices may be one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above methods, for example: one or more application specific integrated circuits (ASIC), or, one or Multiple digital signal processors (digital signal processors, DSP), or, one or more field programmable gate arrays (FPGA), or a combination of at least two of these integrated circuits. For another example, when the unit in the device can be implemented in the form of a processing element scheduler, the processing element can be a general-purpose processor, such as a central processing unit (CPU) or other processors that can call programs. For another example, these units can be integrated together and implemented in the form of a system-on-a-chip (SOC).
图13为本申请提供的一种终端设备700的结构示意图。上述装置300或者400可以配置在该终端设备700中。或者,该装置300或者400本身可以即为该终端设备700。或者说,该终端设备700可以执行上述方法200中终端设备执行的动作。FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device 700 provided by this application. The foregoing apparatus 300 or 400 may be configured in the terminal device 700. Alternatively, the apparatus 300 or 400 itself may be the terminal device 700. In other words, the terminal device 700 can execute the actions performed by the terminal device in the above method 200.
为了便于说明,图13仅示出了终端设备的主要部件。如图13所示,终端设备700包括处理器、存储器、控制电路、天线以及输入输出装置。For ease of description, FIG. 13 only shows the main components of the terminal device. As shown in FIG. 13, the terminal device 700 includes a processor, a memory, a control circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device.
处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,以及对整个终端设备进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据,例如用于支持终端设备执行上述传输预编码矩阵的指示方法实施例中所描述的动作。存储器主要用于存储软件程序和数据,例如存储上述实施例中所描述的码本。控制电路主要用于基带信号与射频信号的转换以及对射频信号的处理。控制电路和天线一起也可以叫做收发器,主要用于收发电磁波形式的射频信号。输入输出装置,例如触摸屏、显示屏,键盘等主要用于接收用户输入的数据以及对用户输出数据。The processor is mainly used to process the communication protocol and communication data, and to control the entire terminal device, execute the software program, and process the data of the software program. For example, it is used to support the terminal device to execute the above-mentioned transmission precoding matrix instruction method embodiment. The described action. The memory is mainly used to store software programs and data, for example, to store the codebook described in the above embodiments. The control circuit is mainly used for the conversion of baseband signals and radio frequency signals and the processing of radio frequency signals. The control circuit and the antenna together can also be called a transceiver, which is mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves. Input and output devices, such as touch screens, display screens, keyboards, etc., are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users.
当终端设备开机后,处理器可以读取存储单元中的软件程序,解释并执行软件程序的指令,处理软件程序的数据。当需要通过无线发送数据时,处理器对待发送的数据进行基带处理后,输出基带信号至射频电路,射频电路将基带信号进行射频处理后将射频信号通过天线以电磁波的形式向外发送。当有数据发送到终端设备时,射频电路通过天线接收到射频信号,将射频信号转换为基带信号,并将基带信号输出至处理器,处理器将基带信号转换为数据并对该数据进行处理。When the terminal device is turned on, the processor can read the software program in the storage unit, interpret and execute the instructions of the software program, and process the data of the software program. When data needs to be sent wirelessly, the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and then outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit. The radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and sends the radio frequency signal to the outside in the form of electromagnetic waves through the antenna. When data is sent to the terminal equipment, the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, and the processor converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data.
本领域技术人员可以理解,为了便于说明,图13仅示出了一个存储器和处理器。在实际的终端设备中,可以存在多个处理器和存储器。存储器也可以称为存储介质或者存储设备等,本申请实施例对此不做限制。Those skilled in the art can understand that, for ease of description, FIG. 13 only shows a memory and a processor. In an actual terminal device, there may be multiple processors and memories. The memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or a storage device, etc., which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
例如,处理器可以包括基带处理器和中央处理器,基带处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,中央处理器主要用于对整个终端设备进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据。图13中的处理器集成了基带处理器和中央处理器的功能,本领域技术人员可以理解,基带处理器和中央处理器也可以是各自独立的处理器,通过总线等技术互联。本领域技术人员可以理解,终端设备可以包括多个基带处理器以适应不同的网络制式,终端设备可以包括多个中央处理器以增强其处理能力,终端设备的各个部件可以通过各种总线连接。该基带处理器也可以表述为基带处理电路或者基带处理芯片。该中央处理器也可以表述为中央处理电路或者中央处理芯片。对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理的功能可以内置在处理器中,也可以以软件程序的形式存储在存储单元中,由处理器执行软件程序以实现基带处理功能。For example, the processor may include a baseband processor and a central processing unit. The baseband processor is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data. The central processing unit is mainly used to control the entire terminal device, execute software programs, and process software programs. data. The processor in FIG. 13 integrates the functions of the baseband processor and the central processing unit. Those skilled in the art can understand that the baseband processor and the central processing unit may also be independent processors and are interconnected by technologies such as a bus. Those skilled in the art can understand that the terminal device may include multiple baseband processors to adapt to different network standards, the terminal device may include multiple central processors to enhance its processing capabilities, and the various components of the terminal device may be connected through various buses. The baseband processor can also be expressed as a baseband processing circuit or a baseband processing chip. The central processing unit can also be expressed as a central processing circuit or a central processing chip. The function of processing the communication protocol and the communication data may be built in the processor, or stored in the storage unit in the form of a software program, and the processor executes the software program to realize the baseband processing function.
示例性的,在本申请实施例中,可以将具有收发功能的天线和控制电路视为终端设备700的收发单元701,将具有处理功能的处理器视为终端设备700的处理单元702。如图13所示,终端设备700包括收发单元701和处理单元202。收发单元也可以称为收发器、收发机、收发装置等。可选的,可以将收发单元701中用于实现接收功能的器件视为接收单元,将收发单元701中用于实现发送功能的器件视为发送单元,即收发单元701包括接收单元和发送单元。示例性的,接收单元也可以称为接收机、接收器、接收电路等,发送单元可以称为发射机、发射器或者发射电路等。Exemplarily, in the embodiment of the present application, the antenna and the control circuit with the transceiving function can be regarded as the transceiving unit 701 of the terminal device 700, and the processor with the processing function can be regarded as the processing unit 702 of the terminal device 700. As shown in FIG. 13, the terminal device 700 includes a transceiving unit 701 and a processing unit 202. The transceiving unit may also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiving device, and so on. Optionally, the device for implementing the receiving function in the transceiving unit 701 can be regarded as the receiving unit, and the device for implementing the sending function in the transceiving unit 701 can be regarded as the sending unit, that is, the transceiving unit 701 includes a receiving unit and a sending unit. Exemplarily, the receiving unit may also be called a receiver, a receiver, a receiving circuit, etc., and the sending unit may be called a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit, etc.
图14为本申请提供的一种终端设备800的结构示意图。在图14中,该终端设备包括处理器810,发送数据处理器820,接收数据处理器830。上述实施例中的处理单元320、处理单元520可以是图13中的处理器810,并完成相应的功能。上述实施例中的收发单元510可以是图8中的发送数据处理器820,和/或接收数据处理器830。虽然图14中示 出了信道编码器、信道解码器,但是可以理解这些模块并不对本实施例构成限制性说明,仅是示意性的。FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device 800 provided by this application. In FIG. 14, the terminal device includes a processor 810, a data sending processor 820, and a data receiving processor 830. The processing unit 320 and the processing unit 520 in the foregoing embodiment may be the processor 810 in FIG. 13 and perform corresponding functions. The transceiving unit 510 in the foregoing embodiment may be the sending data processor 820 and/or the receiving data processor 830 in FIG. 8. Although the channel encoder and the channel decoder are shown in FIG. 14, it can be understood that these modules do not constitute a restrictive description of this embodiment, and are only illustrative.
图15为本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备900的结构示意图,可以用于实现上述方法中的网络设备的功能。网络设备900包括一个或多个射频单元,如远端射频单元(remote radio unit,RRU)901和一个或多个基带单元(baseband unit,BBU)(也可称为数字单元,digital unit,DU)902。该RRU 901可以称为收发单元、收发机、收发电路、或者收发器等等,其可以包括至少一个天线9011和射频单元9012。该RRU 901部分主要用于射频信号的收发以及射频信号与基带信号的转换,例如用于向终端设备发送上述实施例中的信令消息。该BBU 902部分主要用于进行基带处理,对基站进行控制等。该RRU 901与BBU 902可以是物理上设置在一起,也可以物理上分离设置的,即分布式基站。FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device 900 provided by an embodiment of this application, which may be used to implement the functions of the network device in the foregoing method. The network device 900 includes one or more radio frequency units, such as a remote radio unit (RRU) 901 and one or more baseband units (BBU) (also referred to as digital units, digital units, DU) 902. The RRU 901 may be called a transceiver unit, a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver, etc., and it may include at least one antenna 9011 and a radio frequency unit 9012. The RRU 901 part is mainly used for the transmission and reception of radio frequency signals and the conversion between radio frequency signals and baseband signals, for example, for sending the signaling messages in the foregoing embodiments to terminal equipment. The 902 part of the BBU is mainly used for baseband processing and control of the base station. The RRU 901 and the BBU 902 may be physically set together, or may be physically separated, that is, a distributed base station.
该BBU 902为基站的控制中心,也可以称为处理单元,主要用于完成基带处理功能,如信道编码,复用,调制,扩频等等。例如该BBU(处理单元)902可以用于控制基站90执行上述方法实施例中关于网络设备的操作流程。The BBU 902 is the control center of the base station, and can also be called a processing unit, which is mainly used to complete baseband processing functions, such as channel coding, multiplexing, modulation, and spreading. For example, the BBU (processing unit) 902 may be used to control the base station 90 to execute the operation procedure of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment.
在一个示例中,该BBU 902可以由一个或多个单板构成,多个单板可以共同支持单一接入制式的无线接入网(如LTE系统,或5G系统),也可以分别支持不同接入制式的无线接入网。该BBU 902还包括存储器9021和处理器9022。该存储器9021用以存储必要的指令和数据。例如存储器9021存储上述实施例中的码本等。该处理器9022用于控制基站进行必要的动作,例如用于控制基站执行上述方法实施例中关于网络设备的操作流程。该存储器9021和处理器9022可以服务于一个或多个单板。也就是说,可以每个单板上单独设置存储器和处理器。也可以是多个单板共用相同的存储器和处理器。此外每个单板上还可以设置有必要的电路。In an example, the BBU 902 can be composed of one or more single boards, and multiple single boards can jointly support a radio access network of a single access standard (such as an LTE system or a 5G system), and can also support different connections. Enter the standard wireless access network. The BBU 902 also includes a memory 9021 and a processor 9022. The memory 9021 is used to store necessary instructions and data. For example, the memory 9021 stores the codebook in the above-mentioned embodiment and the like. The processor 9022 is used to control the base station to perform necessary actions, for example, used to control the base station to execute the operation procedure of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment. The memory 9021 and the processor 9022 may serve one or more single boards. In other words, the memory and the processor can be set separately on each board. It can also be that multiple boards share the same memory and processor. In addition, necessary circuits can be provided on each board.
在一种可能的实施方式中,随着片上系统(system-on-chip,SoC)技术的发展,可以将902部分和901部分的全部或者部分功能由SoC技术实现,例如由一颗基站功能芯片实现,该基站功能芯片集成了处理器、存储器、天线接口等器件,基站相关功能的程序存储在存储器中,由处理器执行程序以实现基站的相关功能。可选的,该基站功能芯片也能够读取该芯片外部的存储器以实现基站的相关功能。In a possible implementation manner, with the development of system-on-chip (SoC) technology, all or part of the functions of part 902 and part 901 can be implemented by SoC technology, for example, a base station function chip Realization, the base station function chip integrates a processor, a memory, an antenna interface and other devices, the program of the base station related functions is stored in the memory, and the processor executes the program to realize the related functions of the base station. Optionally, the base station function chip can also read a memory external to the chip to implement related functions of the base station.
应理解,图15示例的网络设备的结构仅为一种可能的形态,而不应对本申请实施例构成任何限定。本申请并不排除未来可能出现的其他形态的基站结构的可能。It should be understood that the structure of the network device illustrated in FIG. 15 is only a possible form, and should not constitute any limitation in the embodiment of the present application. This application does not exclude the possibility of other types of base station structures that may appear in the future.
应理解,本申请实施例中,该处理器可以为中央处理单元(central processing unit,CPU),该处理器还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。It should be understood that, in this embodiment of the application, the processor may be a central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), and the processor may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (digital signal processors, DSP), and dedicated integration Circuit (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), ready-made programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc. The general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may also be any conventional processor or the like.
还应理解,本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM), 其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DR RAM)。It should also be understood that the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be volatile memory or non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory. Among them, the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), and electrically available Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. The volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache. By way of exemplary but not restrictive description, many forms of random access memory (RAM) are available, such as static random access memory (static RAM, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), and synchronous dynamic random access memory (DRAM). Access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection dynamic random access memory Take memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM).
上述实施例,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或其他任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,上述实施例可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。该计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令或计算机程序。在计算机上加载或执行该计算机指令或计算机程序时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例的流程或功能。该计算机可以为通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。该计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,该计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。该计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集合的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。该可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质。半导体介质可以是固态硬盘。The foregoing embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any other combination. When implemented by software, the above-mentioned embodiments may be implemented in the form of a computer program product in whole or in part. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions or computer programs. When the computer instructions or computer programs are loaded or executed on the computer, the processes or functions according to the embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part. The computer can be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices. The computer instruction may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium. For example, the computer instruction may be transmitted from a website, a computer, a server, or a data center through a cable (For example, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) to transmit to another website, computer, server or data center. The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or a data center that includes one or more sets of available media. The usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium. The semiconductor medium may be a solid state drive.
本申请实施例还提供了一种通信系统,该通信系统包括:上述的终端设备和上述的网络设备。An embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, which includes: the above-mentioned terminal device and the above-mentioned network device.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读介质,用于存储计算机程序代码,该计算机程序包括用于执行上述方法200中本申请实施例的资源请求的方法的指令。该可读介质可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)或随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM),本申请实施例对此不做限制。The embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable medium for storing computer program code, and the computer program includes instructions for executing the resource request method of the embodiment of the present application in the above method 200. The readable medium may be a read-only memory (ROM) or a random access memory (RAM), which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
本申请还提供了一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括指令,当该指令被执行时,以使得该终端设备和网络设备分别执行对应于上述方法的终端设备和网络设备的操作。The present application also provides a computer program product, which includes instructions, when the instructions are executed, so that the terminal device and the network device respectively perform the operations of the terminal device and the network device corresponding to the above method.
本申请实施例还提供了一种系统芯片,该系统芯片包括:处理单元和通信单元,该处理单元,例如可以是处理器,该通信单元例如可以是输入/输出接口、管脚或电路等。该处理单元可执行计算机指令,以使该通信装置内的芯片执行上述本申请实施例提供的任一种资源请求的方法。An embodiment of the present application also provides a system chip, which includes a processing unit and a communication unit. The processing unit may be, for example, a processor, and the communication unit may be, for example, an input/output interface, a pin, or a circuit. The processing unit can execute computer instructions to enable the chip in the communication device to execute any of the resource request methods provided in the foregoing embodiments of the present application.
可选地,上述本申请实施例中提供的任意一种通信装置可以包括该系统芯片。Optionally, any communication device provided in the foregoing embodiments of the present application may include the system chip.
可选地,该计算机指令被存储在存储单元中。Optionally, the computer instructions are stored in a storage unit.
可选地,该存储单元为该芯片内的存储单元,如寄存器、缓存等,该存储单元还可以是该终端内的位于该芯片外部的存储单元,如ROM或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,RAM等。其中,上述任一处提到的处理器,可以是一个CPU,微处理器,ASIC,或一个或多个用于控制上述的资源请求的方法的程序执行的集成电路。该处理单元和该存储单元可以解耦,分别设置在不同的物理设备上,通过有线或者无线的方式连接来实现该处理单元和该存储单元的各自的功能,以支持该系统芯片实现上述实施例中 的各种功能。或者,该处理单元和该存储器也可以耦合在同一个设备上。Optionally, the storage unit is a storage unit in the chip, such as a register, a cache, etc., and the storage unit can also be a storage unit in the terminal located outside the chip, such as a ROM or other storage units that can store static information and instructions. Types of static storage devices, RAM, etc. Wherein, the processor mentioned in any of the foregoing may be a CPU, a microprocessor, an ASIC, or one or more integrated circuits used to control the program execution of the foregoing resource request method. The processing unit and the storage unit can be decoupled, respectively set on different physical devices, and connected in a wired or wireless manner to realize the respective functions of the processing unit and the storage unit, so as to support the system chip to implement the above-mentioned embodiments Various functions in. Alternatively, the processing unit and the memory may also be coupled to the same device.
可以理解,本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DR RAM)。It can be understood that the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory. Among them, the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), and electrically available Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. The volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache. By way of exemplary but not restrictive description, many forms of random access memory (RAM) are available, such as static random access memory (static RAM, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), and synchronous dynamic random access memory (DRAM). Access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection dynamic random access memory Take memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM).
本文中术语“系统”和“网络”在本文中常被可互换使用。本文中术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,本文中字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。The terms "system" and "network" in this article are often used interchangeably in this article. The term "and/or" in this article is only an association relationship that describes associated objects, which means that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist at the same time, exist alone B these three situations. In addition, the character "/" in this text generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or" relationship.
本申请中出现的术语“上行”和“下行”,用于在特定场景描述数据/信息传输的方向,比如,“上行”方向一般是指数据/信息从终端向网络侧传输的方向,或者分布式单元向集中式单元传输的方向,“下行”方向一般是指数据/信息从网络侧向终端传输的方向,或者集中式单元向分布式单元传输的方向,可以理解,“上行”和“下行”仅用于描述数据/信息的传输方向,该数据/信息传输的具体起止的设备都不作限定。The terms "uplink" and "downlink" appearing in this application are used to describe the direction of data/information transmission in a specific scenario. For example, the "uplink" direction generally refers to the direction or distribution of data/information from the terminal to the network side. The direction of transmission from the centralized unit to the centralized unit. The "downlink" direction generally refers to the direction in which data/information is transmitted from the network side to the terminal, or the direction in which the centralized unit transmits to the distributed unit. It can be understood that "uplink" and "downlink" "It is only used to describe the direction of data/information transmission, and the specific start and end equipment of the data/information transmission is not limited.
在本申请中可能出现的对各种消息/信息/设备/网元/系统/装置/动作/操作/流程/概念等各类客体进行了赋名,可以理解的是,这些具体的名称并不构成对相关客体的限定,所赋名称可随着场景,语境或者使用习惯等因素而变更,对本申请中技术术语的技术含义的理解,应主要从其在技术方案中所体现/执行的功能和技术效果来确定。Various messages/information/equipment/network elements/systems/devices/actions/operations/processes/concepts and other objects that may appear in this application are given names. It is understandable that these specific names are not It constitutes a limitation on related objects. The assigned name can be changed according to factors such as the scene, context or usage habits. The understanding of the technical meaning of the technical terms in this application should mainly be based on the function embodied/performed in the technical solution And technical effects to determine.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。A person of ordinary skill in the art may realize that the units and algorithm steps of the examples described in combination with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented by electronic hardware or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are performed by hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and conciseness of description, the specific working process of the system, device and unit described above can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,该单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed system, device, and method may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the unit is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or may be Integrate into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented. In addition, the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, the functional units in the various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、随机存取。If the function is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), and random access.
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only specific implementations of this application, but the protection scope of this application is not limited to this. Any person skilled in the art can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in this application. Should be covered within the scope of protection of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of this application should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (39)

  1. 一种资源请求的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for resource request, which is characterized in that it includes:
    在第一时域资源上发送资源请求,所述资源请求用于请求数据传输资源;Sending a resource request on the first time domain resource, where the resource request is used to request data transmission resources;
    在第二时域资源上接收指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示终端设备在第三时域资源上检测下行控制信息DCI,所述DCI用于响应所述资源请求,或者Receiving indication information on the second time domain resource, the indication information being used to instruct the terminal device to detect the downlink control information DCI on the third time domain resource, the DCI being used to respond to the resource request, or
    所述指示信息用于指示终端设备在第三时间时域资源上不检测下行控制信息DCI,所述DCI用于响应所述资源请求。The indication information is used to instruct the terminal device not to detect the downlink control information DCI on the third time and time domain resource, and the DCI is used to respond to the resource request.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述指示信息通过第一信号承载,The method according to claim 1, wherein the indication information is carried by a first signal,
    或者or
    所述指示信息通过控制信道传输。The instruction information is transmitted through the control channel.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述在第二时域资源上接收指示信息,包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein the receiving indication information on the second time domain resource comprises:
    在所述第二时域资源上,采用以下方式中的至少一种检测所述控制信道:On the second time domain resource, use at least one of the following methods to detect the control channel:
    在第一聚合等级AL对应的候选检测位置检测所述控制信道;Detecting the control channel at a candidate detection position corresponding to the first aggregation level AL;
    采用第一DCI格式检测所述控制信道;Use the first DCI format to detect the control channel;
    在第一控制资源集的时频资源上检测所述控制信道;Detecting the control channel on the time-frequency resource of the first control resource set;
    在第一搜索空间上检测所述控制信道;Detecting the control channel on the first search space;
    其中,所述第一AL、所述第一DCI格式、所述第一控制资源集、所述第一搜索空间中的至少一个是预定义的或者是由信令配置的。Wherein, at least one of the first AL, the first DCI format, the first control resource set, and the first search space is predefined or configured by signaling.
  4. 根据权利要求1至3中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the method further comprises:
    根据所述第一时域资源和偏移值,确定所述第二时域资源,所述偏移值为预定义的或者是由信令配置的。The second time domain resource is determined according to the first time domain resource and the offset value, where the offset value is predefined or configured by signaling.
  5. 根据权利要求1至4中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, characterized in that:
    所述指示信息包括时域偏移值,所述时域偏移值用于指示所述第三时域资源的时域位置;The indication information includes a time domain offset value, and the time domain offset value is used to indicate the time domain position of the third time domain resource;
    或者or
    所述指示信息包括所述第三时域资源的时域位置。The indication information includes the time domain location of the third time domain resource.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述时域偏移值包括:The method according to claim 5, wherein the time domain offset value comprises:
    第一时域偏移值、第二时域偏移值、第三时域偏移值中的至少一个,At least one of the first time domain offset value, the second time domain offset value, and the third time domain offset value,
    所述第一时域偏移值为所述第一时域资源与所述第三时域资源在时域上的偏移值;The first time domain offset value is an offset value of the first time domain resource and the third time domain resource in the time domain;
    所述第二时域偏移值为所述第二时域资源与所述第三时域资源在时域上的偏移值;The second time domain offset value is an offset value of the second time domain resource and the third time domain resource in the time domain;
    所述第三时域偏移值为第五时域资源与所述第三时域资源在时域上偏移值,所述第五时域资源在时域上位于所述第二时域资源之后且位于所述第三时域资源之前,所述第五时域资源与所述第二时域资源之间的偏移值,和/或所述第五时域资源与所述第一时域资源之间的偏移值为预定义的或者是由信令配置的。The third time domain offset value is the offset value of the fifth time domain resource and the third time domain resource in the time domain, and the fifth time domain resource is located in the second time domain resource in the time domain Afterwards and before the third time domain resource, the offset value between the fifth time domain resource and the second time domain resource, and/or the fifth time domain resource and the first time domain resource The offset value between domain resources is predefined or configured by signaling.
  7. 根据权利要求1至6中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述指示信息包含于第一信息中,所述第一信息用于触发所述终端设备在非连续接收DRX状态下开启控制信息 检测功能或者不开启控制信息检测功能,和/或,所述第一信息用于触发所述终端设备在非连续接收DRX状态下,停止对控制信息的检测或者不停止对控制信息的检测。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the indication information is included in first information, and the first information is used to trigger the terminal device to turn on in a discontinuous reception DRX state The control information detection function or the control information detection function is not turned on, and/or the first information is used to trigger the terminal device to stop the detection of the control information or not to stop the detection of the control information in the discontinuous DRX state .
  8. 根据权利要求2至6中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信号与时域偏移值存在对应关系,所述时域偏移值用于所述终端设备确定所述第三时域资源。The method according to any one of claims 2 to 6, wherein the first signal has a corresponding relationship with a time domain offset value, and the time domain offset value is used by the terminal device to determine the The third time domain resource.
  9. 根据权利要求1至8中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收触发信息,所述触发信息用于指示终端设备根据所述指示信息确定是否检测所述DCI。Receiving trigger information, where the trigger information is used to instruct the terminal device to determine whether to detect the DCI according to the instruction information.
  10. 一种资源请求的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for resource request, which is characterized in that it includes:
    在第一时域资源上接收来自于终端设备的资源请求,所述资源请求用于请求数据传输资源;Receiving a resource request from a terminal device on the first time domain resource, where the resource request is used to request data transmission resources;
    在第二时域资源上向所述终端设备发送指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示承载下行控制信息DCI的第三时域资源,所述DCI用于调度所述数据传输资源,或者Sending indication information to the terminal device on the second time domain resource, where the indication information is used to indicate a third time domain resource carrying downlink control information DCI, and the DCI is used to schedule the data transmission resource, or
    所述指示信息用于指示第四时域资源,所述第四时域资源上不承载用于调度所述数据传输资源的下行控制信息DCI。The indication information is used to indicate a fourth time domain resource, and the fourth time domain resource does not carry the downlink control information DCI used to schedule the data transmission resource.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述指示信息通过第一信号承载,The method according to claim 10, wherein the indication information is carried by a first signal,
    或者or
    所述指示信息通过控制信道传输。The instruction information is transmitted through the control channel.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述在第二时域资源上向所述终端设备发送指示信息,包括:The method according to claim 11, wherein the sending instruction information to the terminal device on the second time domain resource comprises:
    在所述第二时域资源上,采用采用以下方式中的至少一种向所述终端设备发送控制信道;On the second time domain resource, use at least one of the following methods to send a control channel to the terminal device;
    在第一聚合等级AL对应的候选发送位置向所述终端设备发送所述控制信道;Sending the control channel to the terminal device at the candidate sending position corresponding to the first aggregation level AL;
    采用第一DCI格式向所述终端设备发送所述控制信道;Sending the control channel to the terminal device in the first DCI format;
    在第一控制资源集的时频资源上向所述终端设备发送所述控制信道;Sending the control channel to the terminal device on the time-frequency resource of the first control resource set;
    在第一搜索空间上向所述终端设备发送所述控制信道;Sending the control channel to the terminal device in the first search space;
    其中,其中,所述第一AL、所述第一DCI格式、所述第一控制资源集、所述第一搜索空间中的至少一个是预定义的或者是由信令配置的。Wherein, at least one of the first AL, the first DCI format, the first control resource set, and the first search space is predefined or configured by signaling.
  13. 根据权利要求10至12中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 10 to 12, wherein the method further comprises:
    根据所述第一时域资源和偏移值,确定所述第二时域资源,所述偏移值为预定义的或者是由信令配置的。The second time domain resource is determined according to the first time domain resource and the offset value, where the offset value is predefined or configured by signaling.
  14. 根据权利要求10至13中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述指示信息包括时域偏移值,所述时域偏移值用于指示所述第三时域资源的时域位置;The method according to any one of claims 10 to 13, wherein the indication information includes a time domain offset value, and the time domain offset value is used to indicate the time domain of the third time domain resource position;
    或者or
    所述指示信息包括所述第三时域资源的时域位置。The indication information includes the time domain location of the third time domain resource.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述时域偏移值包括:The method according to claim 14, wherein the time domain offset value comprises:
    第一时域偏移值、第二时域偏移值、第三时域偏移值中的至少一个,At least one of the first time domain offset value, the second time domain offset value, and the third time domain offset value,
    所述第一时域偏移值为所述第一时域资源与所述第三时域资源在时域上的偏移值;The first time domain offset value is an offset value of the first time domain resource and the third time domain resource in the time domain;
    所述第二时域偏移值为所述第二时域资源与所述第三时域资源在时域上的偏移值;The second time domain offset value is an offset value of the second time domain resource and the third time domain resource in the time domain;
    所述第三时域偏移值为第五时域资源与所述第三时域资源在时域上偏移值,所述第五 时域资源在时域上位于所述第二时域资源之后且位于所述第三时域资源之前,所述第五时域资源与所述第二时域资源之间的偏移值,和/或,所述第五时域资源与所述第一时域资源之间的偏移值为预定义的或者是由信令配置的。The third time domain offset value is the offset value of the fifth time domain resource and the third time domain resource in the time domain, and the fifth time domain resource is located in the second time domain resource in the time domain Then and before the third time domain resource, the offset value between the fifth time domain resource and the second time domain resource, and/or, the fifth time domain resource and the first time domain resource The offset value between time domain resources is predefined or configured by signaling.
  16. 根据权利要求10至15中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述指示信息包含于第一信息中,所述第一信息用于触发所述终端设备在非连续接收DRX状态下开启控制信息检测功能或者不开启控制信息检测功能,和/或,所述第一信息用于触发所述终端设备在非连续接收DRX状态下,停止对控制信息的检测或者不停止对控制信息的检测。The method according to any one of claims 10 to 15, wherein the indication information is included in first information, and the first information is used to trigger the terminal device to turn on in a discontinuous reception DRX state The control information detection function or the control information detection function is not turned on, and/or the first information is used to trigger the terminal device to stop the detection of the control information or not to stop the detection of the control information in the discontinuous DRX state .
  17. 根据权利要求11至15中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信号与时域偏移值存在对应关系,所述时域偏移值用于所述终端设备确定所述第三时域资源。The method according to any one of claims 11 to 15, wherein the first signal has a corresponding relationship with a time domain offset value, and the time domain offset value is used by the terminal device to determine the The third time domain resource.
  18. 根据权利要求10至17中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 10 to 17, wherein the method further comprises:
    向所述终端设备发送触发信息,所述触发信息用于指示所述终端设备根据所述指示信息确定是否检测所述DCI。Send trigger information to the terminal device, where the trigger information is used to instruct the terminal device to determine whether to detect the DCI according to the indication information.
  19. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, characterized in that it comprises:
    收发单元,用于在第一时域资源上发送资源请求,所述资源请求用于请求数据传输资源;A transceiver unit, configured to send a resource request on the first time domain resource, where the resource request is used to request data transmission resources;
    所述收发单元,还用于在第二时域资源上接收指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述通信装置在第三时域资源上检测下行控制信息DCI,所述DCI用于响应所述资源请求,或者The transceiving unit is further configured to receive indication information on the second time domain resource, the indication information is used to instruct the communication device to detect the downlink control information DCI on the third time domain resource, and the DCI is used to respond to the The resource request, or
    所述指示信息用于指示所述通信装置在第三时间时域资源上不检测下行控制信息DCI,所述DCI用于响应所述资源请求。The indication information is used to instruct the communication device not to detect downlink control information DCI on the third time and time domain resource, and the DCI is used to respond to the resource request.
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的装置,其特征在于,所述指示信息通过第一信号承载,The apparatus according to claim 19, wherein the indication information is carried by a first signal,
    或者or
    所述指示信息通过控制信道传输。The instruction information is transmitted through the control channel.
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的装置,其特征在于,The device of claim 20, wherein:
    所述收发单元,还用于在第二时域资源上,采用以下方式中的至少一种检测所述控制信道:The transceiver unit is further configured to detect the control channel in at least one of the following ways on the second time domain resource:
    在第一聚合等级AL对应的候选检测位置检测所述控制信道;Detecting the control channel at a candidate detection position corresponding to the first aggregation level AL;
    采用第一DCI格式检测所述控制信道;Use the first DCI format to detect the control channel;
    在第一控制资源集的时频资源上检测所述控制信道;Detecting the control channel on the time-frequency resource of the first control resource set;
    在第一搜索空间上检测所述控制信道;Detecting the control channel on the first search space;
    其中,所述第一AL、所述第一DCI格式、所述第一控制资源集、所述第一搜索空间中的至少一个是预定义的或者是由信令配置的。Wherein, at least one of the first AL, the first DCI format, the first control resource set, and the first search space is predefined or configured by signaling.
  22. 根据权利要求19至21中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置还包括:处理单元,The device according to any one of claims 19 to 21, wherein the device further comprises: a processing unit,
    所述处理单元,用于根据所述第一时域资源和偏移值,确定所述第二时域资源,所述偏移值为预定义的或者是由信令配置的。The processing unit is configured to determine the second time domain resource according to the first time domain resource and an offset value, where the offset value is predefined or configured by signaling.
  23. 根据权利要求19至22中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to any one of claims 19 to 22, characterized in that:
    所述指示信息包括时域偏移值,所述时域偏移值用于指示所述第三时域资源的时域位置;The indication information includes a time domain offset value, and the time domain offset value is used to indicate the time domain position of the third time domain resource;
    或者or
    所述指示信息包括所述第三时域资源的时域位置。The indication information includes the time domain location of the third time domain resource.
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的装置,其特征在于,所述时域偏移值包括:The device according to claim 23, wherein the time domain offset value comprises:
    第一时域偏移值、第二时域偏移值、第三时域偏移值中的至少一个,At least one of the first time domain offset value, the second time domain offset value, and the third time domain offset value,
    所述第一时域偏移值为所述第一时域资源与所述第三时域资源在时域上的偏移值;The first time domain offset value is an offset value of the first time domain resource and the third time domain resource in the time domain;
    所述第二时域偏移值为所述第二时域资源与所述第三时域资源在时域上的偏移值;The second time domain offset value is an offset value of the second time domain resource and the third time domain resource in the time domain;
    所述第三时域偏移值为第五时域资源与所述第三时域资源在时域上偏移值,所述第五时域资源在时域上位于所述第二时域资源之后且位于所述第三时域资源之前,所述第五时域资源与所述第二时域资源之间的偏移值,和/或所述第五时域资源与所述第一时域资源之间的偏移值为预定义的或者是由信令配置的。The third time domain offset value is the offset value of the fifth time domain resource and the third time domain resource in the time domain, and the fifth time domain resource is located in the second time domain resource in the time domain Afterwards and before the third time domain resource, the offset value between the fifth time domain resource and the second time domain resource, and/or the fifth time domain resource and the first time domain resource The offset value between domain resources is predefined or configured by signaling.
  25. 根据权利要求19至24中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述指示信息包含于第一信息中,所述第一信息用于触发所述通信装置在非连续接收DRX状态下开启控制信息检测功能或者不开启控制信息检测功能,和/或,所述第一信息用于触发所述通信装置在非连续接收DRX状态下,停止对控制信息的检测或者不停止对控制信息的检测。The device according to any one of claims 19 to 24, wherein the indication information is included in first information, and the first information is used to trigger the communication device to turn on in a discontinuous reception DRX state The control information detection function or the control information detection function is not turned on, and/or the first information is used to trigger the communication device to stop the detection of control information or not to stop the detection of control information in the state of discontinuous reception of DRX .
  26. 根据权利要求20至24中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一信号与时域偏移值存在对应关系,所述时域偏移值用于所述通信装置确定所述第三时域资源。The device according to any one of claims 20 to 24, wherein the first signal has a corresponding relationship with a time domain offset value, and the time domain offset value is used by the communication device to determine the The third time domain resource.
  27. 根据权利要求19至26中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to any one of claims 19 to 26, characterized in that:
    所述收发单元,还用于接收触发信息,所述触发信息用于指示所述通信装置根据所述指示信息确定是否检测所述DCI。The transceiver unit is further configured to receive trigger information, where the trigger information is used to instruct the communication device to determine whether to detect the DCI according to the indication information.
  28. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, characterized in that it comprises:
    收发单元,用于在第一时域资源上接收来自于终端设备的资源请求,所述资源请求用于请求数据传输资源;The transceiver unit is configured to receive a resource request from a terminal device on the first time domain resource, where the resource request is used to request data transmission resources;
    所述收发单元,还用于在第二时域资源上向所述终端设备发送指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示承载下行控制信息DCI的第三时域资源,所述下行控制信息DCI用于调度所述数据传输资源,或者The transceiving unit is further configured to send indication information to the terminal device on a second time domain resource, where the indication information is used to indicate a third time domain resource that carries downlink control information DCI, and the downlink control information DCI is used for For scheduling the data transmission resources, or
    所述指示信息用于指示第四时域资源,所述第四时域资源上不承载用于调度所述数据传输资源的下行控制信息DCI。The indication information is used to indicate a fourth time domain resource, and the fourth time domain resource does not carry the downlink control information DCI used to schedule the data transmission resource.
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的装置,其特征在于,所述指示信息通过第一信号承载,The device according to claim 28, wherein the indication information is carried by a first signal,
    或者or
    所述指示信息通过控制信道传输。The instruction information is transmitted through the control channel.
  30. 根据权利要求29所述的装置,其特征在于,The device of claim 29, wherein:
    所述收发单元,还用于在第二时域资源上,采用采用以下方式中的至少一种向所述终端设备发送控制信道;The transceiver unit is further configured to use at least one of the following methods to send a control channel to the terminal device on the second time domain resource;
    在第一聚合等级AL对应的候选发送位置向所述终端设备发送所述控制信道;Sending the control channel to the terminal device at the candidate sending position corresponding to the first aggregation level AL;
    采用第一DCI格式向所述终端设备发送所述控制信道;Sending the control channel to the terminal device in the first DCI format;
    在第一控制资源集的时频资源上向所述终端设备发送所述控制信道;Sending the control channel to the terminal device on the time-frequency resource of the first control resource set;
    在第一搜索空间上向所述终端设备发送所述控制信道;Sending the control channel to the terminal device in the first search space;
    其中,其中,所述第一AL、所述第一DCI格式、所述第一控制资源集、所述第一搜索空间中的至少一个是预定义的或者是由信令配置的。Wherein, at least one of the first AL, the first DCI format, the first control resource set, and the first search space is predefined or configured by signaling.
  31. 根据权利要求28至30中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置还包括处理单元,The device according to any one of claims 28 to 30, wherein the device further comprises a processing unit,
    所述处理单元,用于根据所述第一时域资源和偏移值,确定所述第二时域资源,所述偏移值为预定义的或者是由信令配置的。The processing unit is configured to determine the second time domain resource according to the first time domain resource and an offset value, where the offset value is predefined or configured by signaling.
  32. 根据权利要求28至31中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述指示信息包括时域偏移值,所述时域偏移值用于指示所述第三时域资源的时域位置;The apparatus according to any one of claims 28 to 31, wherein the indication information comprises a time domain offset value, and the time domain offset value is used to indicate the time domain of the third time domain resource position;
    或者or
    所述指示信息包括所述第三时域资源的时域位置。The indication information includes the time domain location of the third time domain resource.
  33. 根据权利要求32所述的装置,其特征在于,所述时域偏移值包括:The device according to claim 32, wherein the time domain offset value comprises:
    第一时域偏移值、第二时域偏移值、第三时域偏移值中的至少一个,At least one of the first time domain offset value, the second time domain offset value, and the third time domain offset value,
    所述第一时域偏移值为所述第一时域资源与所述第三时域资源在时域上的偏移值;The first time domain offset value is an offset value of the first time domain resource and the third time domain resource in the time domain;
    所述第二时域偏移值为所述第二时域资源与所述第三时域资源在时域上的偏移值;The second time domain offset value is an offset value of the second time domain resource and the third time domain resource in the time domain;
    所述第三时域偏移值为第五时域资源与所述第三时域资源在时域上偏移值,所述第五时域资源在时域上位于所述第二时域资源之后且位于所述第三时域资源之前,所述第五时域资源与所述第二时域资源之间的偏移值,和/或,所述第五时域资源与所述第一时域资源之间的偏移值为预定义的或者是由信令配置的。The third time domain offset value is the offset value of the fifth time domain resource and the third time domain resource in the time domain, and the fifth time domain resource is located in the second time domain resource in the time domain Then and before the third time domain resource, the offset value between the fifth time domain resource and the second time domain resource, and/or, the fifth time domain resource and the first time domain resource The offset value between time domain resources is predefined or configured by signaling.
  34. 根据权利要求28至33中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述指示信息包含于第一信息中,所述第一信息用于触发所述终端设备在非连续接收DRX状态下开启控制信息检测功能或者不开启控制信息检测功能,和/或,所述第一信息用于触发所述终端设备在非连续接收DRX状态下,停止对控制信息的检测或者不停止对控制信息的检测。The apparatus according to any one of claims 28 to 33, wherein the indication information is included in first information, and the first information is used to trigger the terminal device to turn on in a discontinuous reception DRX state The control information detection function or the control information detection function is not enabled, and/or the first information is used to trigger the terminal device to stop the detection of control information or not to stop the detection of control information in the discontinuous DRX state .
  35. 根据权利要求29至33中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一信号与时域偏移值存在对应关系,所述时域偏移值用于所述终端设备确定所述第三时域资源。The apparatus according to any one of claims 29 to 33, wherein the first signal has a corresponding relationship with a time domain offset value, and the time domain offset value is used by the terminal device to determine the The third time domain resource.
  36. 根据权利要求28至35中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to any one of claims 28 to 35, wherein:
    所述收发单元,还用于向所述终端设备发送触发信息,所述触发信息用于指示所述终端设备根据所述指示信息确定是否检测所述DCI。The transceiver unit is further configured to send trigger information to the terminal device, where the trigger information is used to instruct the terminal device to determine whether to detect the DCI according to the indication information.
  37. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述装置包括至少一个处理器,所述至少一个处理器与至少一个存储器耦合:A communication device, characterized in that the device includes at least one processor, and the at least one processor is coupled with at least one memory:
    所述至少一个处理器,用于执行所述至少一个存储器中存储的计算机程序或指令,以使得所述装置执行如权利要求1至9中任一项所述的方法,或者10至18中任一项所述的方法。The at least one processor is configured to execute a computer program or instruction stored in the at least one memory, so that the apparatus executes the method according to any one of claims 1 to 9, or any one of 10 to 18 The method described in one item.
  38. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序或指令,当计算机读取并执行所述计算机程序或指令时,使得计算机执行如权利要求1至9中任一项所述的方法,或者10至18中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that, a computer program or instruction is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer reads and executes the computer program or instruction, the computer executes as claimed in claims 1 to 9 The method of any one of, or the method of any one of 10-18.
  39. 一种芯片,其特征在于,包括:处理器,用于从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,使得安装有所述芯片的通信设备执行如权利要求1至9中任一项所述的方法,或者10至18中任一项所述的方法。A chip, characterized by comprising: a processor, configured to call and run a computer program from a memory, so that a communication device installed with the chip executes the method according to any one of claims 1 to 9, or The method of any one of 10 to 18.
PCT/CN2019/103279 2019-08-29 2019-08-29 Resource request method and communication device WO2021035611A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201980099678.0A CN114287156A (en) 2019-08-29 2019-08-29 Resource request method and communication device
PCT/CN2019/103279 WO2021035611A1 (en) 2019-08-29 2019-08-29 Resource request method and communication device

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2019/103279 WO2021035611A1 (en) 2019-08-29 2019-08-29 Resource request method and communication device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021035611A1 true WO2021035611A1 (en) 2021-03-04

Family

ID=74684938

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2019/103279 WO2021035611A1 (en) 2019-08-29 2019-08-29 Resource request method and communication device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN114287156A (en)
WO (1) WO2021035611A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN115529630A (en) * 2022-11-29 2022-12-27 广州世炬网络科技有限公司 Composite communication system and method
WO2024031721A1 (en) * 2022-08-12 2024-02-15 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Method for detecting scheduling signaling, and apparatus

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107370562A (en) * 2016-05-13 2017-11-21 华为技术有限公司 The method and apparatus for transmitting Downlink Control Information
CN109511169A (en) * 2017-09-15 2019-03-22 华为技术有限公司 A kind of acquisition methods, device and system controlling resource collection
CN109714139A (en) * 2017-10-26 2019-05-03 电信科学技术研究院 Send the method for down control channel, the method and apparatus that detection receives down control channel
CN109729573A (en) * 2017-10-27 2019-05-07 华为技术有限公司 A kind of method and device for transmitting Downlink Control Information
CN109803382A (en) * 2017-11-16 2019-05-24 华为技术有限公司 The method and apparatus of data transmission

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107370562A (en) * 2016-05-13 2017-11-21 华为技术有限公司 The method and apparatus for transmitting Downlink Control Information
CN109511169A (en) * 2017-09-15 2019-03-22 华为技术有限公司 A kind of acquisition methods, device and system controlling resource collection
CN109714139A (en) * 2017-10-26 2019-05-03 电信科学技术研究院 Send the method for down control channel, the method and apparatus that detection receives down control channel
CN109729573A (en) * 2017-10-27 2019-05-07 华为技术有限公司 A kind of method and device for transmitting Downlink Control Information
CN109803382A (en) * 2017-11-16 2019-05-24 华为技术有限公司 The method and apparatus of data transmission

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024031721A1 (en) * 2022-08-12 2024-02-15 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Method for detecting scheduling signaling, and apparatus
CN115529630A (en) * 2022-11-29 2022-12-27 广州世炬网络科技有限公司 Composite communication system and method

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN114287156A (en) 2022-04-05

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11716611B2 (en) Method for reporting blind decoding capability, blind decoding configuration, blind decoding method, terminal and base station
CN110830151B (en) Transmission method and device of feedback information
WO2020143750A1 (en) Sidelink reference signal transmission method and communication device
WO2020192213A1 (en) Method and device for sharing channel occupation time
WO2017025066A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus
CN113711525B (en) Method and apparatus for monitoring control channel candidates
EP3641450A1 (en) Resource configuration method, base station, terminal, and computer readable storage medium
CN109802789B (en) Method and equipment for configuring time-frequency domain resources for transmitting common control information
WO2021031820A1 (en) Sidelink feedback information transmission method and communication apparatus
US20230039093A1 (en) Sidelink resource determining method and communication apparatus
CN113796136A (en) User device and communication method
WO2016138841A1 (en) Data transmission method, feedback information transmission method, and related device
WO2021035611A1 (en) Resource request method and communication device
US11528714B2 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus
EP3614771B1 (en) Method for transmitting information and terminal device
CN109391427B (en) Communication method and device
WO2019023912A1 (en) Response feedback method, terminal, and network device
WO2021062824A1 (en) Information processing method and communication device
EP3621383B1 (en) Downlink channel transmission method, downlink channel reception method, base station, and terminal
WO2021030943A1 (en) Method and device for determination of repetitive transmission resources
WO2020088455A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2020088517A1 (en) Data transmission method and device
WO2021000239A1 (en) Wireless communication method, network device and terminal device
WO2022188678A1 (en) Information feedback method and apparatus, information sending method and apparatus, and terminal and network side device
WO2024040542A1 (en) Downlink control information monitoring methods and apparatuses, device, storage medium and chip

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19942844

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19942844

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1